You are on page 1of 318

Preface, Table of Contents

SICAM RTUs
Installation
1
Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry
2
SICAM EMIC Preparing the Engineering
3
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II
4
User Manual
Engineering via Web Browser
5
Service
6
Variables in the Instruction List
A
Examples for Application Programs
B
Error Handling
C
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP
D
Glossary

DC6-051-2.01
Note
Please observe Notes and Warnings for your own safety in the Preface.

Disclaimer of Liability Copyright


Although we have carefully checked the contents of this publication Copyright Siemens AG 2014
for conformity with the hardware and software described, we cannot The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its con-
guarantee complete conformity since errors cannot be excluded. tents is not permitted without express written authority. Offenders
The information provided in this manual is checked at regular inter- will be liable for damages. All rights, including rights created by
vals and any corrections that might become necessary are included patent grant or registration of a utility model or design, are re-
in the next releases. Any suggestions for improvement are wel- served.
come.

Subject to change without prior notice.

Document ID: SIC1703-HBSICAMEMICBHB-GER_V2.01


Release date: 2014-08-25

Siemens AG Order no.: DC6-051-2.01


Preface

Purpose of this manual

This manual describes how to install and parameterize a SICAM EMIC system, which errors
may occur and which are the existing diagnostic options.

Particularly it contains the following information:

Safety instructions
Installation instructions
Hardware descriptions (modules)
Engineering options
Parameterization of telecontrol applications
Programming of open-/closed-loop control functions
Saving and loading of application data
Test functions
Loading of firmware
Diagnosis

Target Group

The document you are reading right now is addressed to users, who are in charge of the fol-
lowing engineering tasks:

Conceptual activities, as for example design and configuration


Mechanical installation
Creation of the assembly technical documentation
Engineering and testing with the designated engineering tools
Technical system maintenance and service, module handling

Within this manual there are hints how to obtain information or files by means of PRISMA
(http://myprisma.ptdea.siemens.com). Should PRISMA not be available to you please consult
your project manager at Siemens.

Recommendations for Third-party Products

Siemens does neither receive liability nor warranty for recommendations which are given or
implied by this manual. For the correct and intended use of the respective product the associ-
ated technical descriptions must be paid attention to in any case.

Links to Third-Party Websites

Siemens is not responsible for the contents of third-party websites mentioned in this docu-
ment, as well as the correctness of the publications and links. For all product information the
respective manufacturer is responsible.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 3


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preface

Conventions Used

Manuals to be referred to are represented in italics, such as for instance SICAM EMIC
System Description, chapter "System Overview".
Outputs visible on the screen are described in this font.
Inputs via keyboard or mouse keys and visible on the screen are described in this
font.
Menu positions visible on the screen are described in this font.
Unchangeable texts that are contained in windows and are visible on the screen ARE
DESCRIBED IN THIS FONT .
Buttons in windows visible on the screen and to be operated by keyboard or mouse
are described in this font.
Operation code from programs and variable names are described in this font.
Names of parameters are described in this font; they also can contain the path of
the menu tree which leads to the parameter, as for instance Parameter | CPC30 |
Topologie.
Names of values are described in this font.
Symbolic names, program names and file name extensions are described in this font.

Note
Within this manual described functions for operation, diagnosis and test of SICAM EMIC have been rec-
orded by means of an industrial PC with operating system Microsoft Windows XP Professional and web
browser Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.0. They are valid likewise sometimes with inessential deviations
for other operating systems and versions.

4 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preface

Placement into the Information Landscape

Document name Item number


SICAM EMIC System Description MC6-049-2
SICAM TM I/O Modules DC6-041-2
SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to DC0-011-2
IEC 60870-5-101/104
SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic System Elements DC0-015-2
SICAM RTUs Platforms Configuration Automation Units and Automation DC0-021-2
Networks
SICAM RTUs Ax 1703 Common Functions Protocol Elements DC0-023-2
SICAM RTUs Common Functions MODBUS DC0-088-2
SICAM RTUs Gemeinsame Funktionen SIEMENS SINAUT ST1 GV-S (ger- DC0-094-2
man version only)
SICAM RTUs Gemeinsame Funktionen Drucker-Protokollierung (ASCII) und DC0-095-2
SMS-Alarmierung (german version only)
SICAM RTUs Common Functions Landis & Gyr TELEGYR 800 GV-S DC0-103-2
SICAM RTUs Gemeinsame Funktionen SK 1703 Gemeinschaftsverkehr DC0-107-2
GV-U (german version only)
*)
SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help
*)
CAEx plus Online Help
*)
available in the engineering system SICAM TOOLBOX II

Further Support

For more information, please contact our Customer Support Center:


Phone: +49 (0)180 524 70 00
Fax: +49 (0)180 524 24 71
(charges depending on provider)
e-mail: support.ic@siemens.com

The Siemens Power Academy offers a comprehensive program of professional training events
in the fields of power generation, distribution and transmission.

Main training centers are:

Nuremberg, Germany (Head Office) Vienna, Austria


Phone: +49 911 433 7415 Phone: +43 51707 31143
Fax: +49 911 433 5482 Fax: +43 51707 55243
power-academy.ptd@siemens.com power-academy.at@siemens.com

Schenectady, NY, USA Hebburn, United Kingdom


Phone: +1 518 395 5005 Phone: +44 1914 953449
Fax: +1 518 346 2777 Fax: +44 1914 953693
pti-edpro.ptd@siemens.com pti-training.stdl.uk@siemens.com

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 5


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preface

Notes on Safety

This manual does not constitute a complete catalog of all safety measures required for operat-
ing the equipment (module, device) in question because special operating conditions might
require additional measures. However, it does contain notes that must be adhered to for your
own personal safety and to avoid damage to property. These notes are highlighted with a
warning triangle and different keywords indicating different degrees of danger.

Danger
means that death, serious bodily injury or considerable property damage will occur, if the appropriate pre-
cautionary measures are not carried out.

Warning
means that death, serious bodily injury or considerable property damage can occur, if the appropriate pre-
cautionary measures are not carried out.

Caution
means that minor bodily injury or property damage could occur, if the appropriate precautionary measures
are not carried out.

Note
is important information about the product, the handling of the product or the respective part of the docu-
mentation, to which special attention is to be given.

Qualified Personnel

Commissioning and operation of the equipment (module, device) described in this manual
must be performed by qualified personnel only. As used in the safety notes contained in this
manual, qualified personnel are those persons who are authorized to commission, release,
ground, and tag devices, systems, and electrical circuits in accordance with safety standards.

6 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preface

Use as Prescribed

The equipment (device, module) must not be used for any other purposes than those de-
scribed in the Catalog and the Technical Description. If it is used together with third-party de-
vices and components, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens.

Correct and safe operation of the product requires adequate transportation, storage, installa-
tion, and mounting as well as appropriate use and maintenance.

During operation of electrical equipment, it is unavoidable that certain parts of this equipment
will carry dangerous voltages. Severe injury or damage to property can occur if the appropri-
ate measures are not taken:

Before making any connections at all, ground the equipment at the PE terminal.
Hazardous voltages can be present on all switching components connected to the power
supply.
Even after the supply voltage has been disconnected, hazardous voltages can still be pre-
sent in the equipment (capacitor storage).
Equipment with current transformer circuits must not be operated while open.
The limit values indicated in the manual or the operating instructions must not be exceed-
ed; that also applies to testing and commissioning.

Danger
Consider obligatory the safety rules for the accomplishment of works at electrical plants:
1. Switch off electricity all-pole and on all sides!
2. Ensure that electricity cannot be switched on again!
3. Double check that no electrical current is flowing!
4. Discharge, ground, short circuit!
5. Cover or otherwise isolate components that are still electrically active!

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 7


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preface

8 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Table of Contents

1 Installation ................................................................................................................... 17

1.1 Mechanical Design ......................................................................................... 18


1.2 Design and Elements of a Module .................................................................. 20
1.2.1 Peripheral Connector ................................................................................. 20
1.2.2 Connection Diagrams ................................................................................ 20
1.2.3 Locking Clips ............................................................................................. 20
1.2.4 Display Elements....................................................................................... 20
1.3 Installation ...................................................................................................... 21
1.3.1 Required Material ...................................................................................... 21
1.3.1.1 TS35 Rail (DIN Rail) ............................................................................. 21
1.3.1.2 Cable Duct ........................................................................................... 21
1.3.2 Installation Location ................................................................................... 22
1.3.2.1 Space Requirement .............................................................................. 22
1.3.2.2 Installation Position............................................................................... 24
1.3.3 Installation and Removal of Modules.......................................................... 25
1.3.3.1 Handling ............................................................................................... 25
1.3.3.2 Coupling ............................................................................................... 26
1.3.3.3 Order.................................................................................................... 26
1.4 Installation of External Communication Connections ....................................... 27
1.4.1 Serial Interface .......................................................................................... 28
1.4.1.1 Multi-Point Traffic via Leased Line Modem/VFT Channel Modem .......... 28
1.4.1.2 Multi-Point Traffic via Glass Fibre Optic and Star Connection................ 28
1.4.1.3 Dial-up Traffic Analog with Westermo TD-36 and External Supply......... 29
1.4.1.4 Dial-up Traffic ISDN with Westermo IDW-90 and External Supply ......... 30
1.4.1.5 Dial-up Traffic GSM .............................................................................. 31
1.4.1.6 Direct Connection to Another AU .......................................................... 31
1.4.2 Ethernet Interface ...................................................................................... 32
1.4.2.1 GPRS................................................................................................... 32
1.4.2.2 LAN Communication............................................................................. 32
1.5 Wiring Process Peripherals............................................................................. 33
1.5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................... 33
1.5.2 Peripheral connector.................................................................................. 34
1.5.3 Wiring of Analog Measured Values ............................................................ 35
1.6 Shielding and Protective Earthing ................................................................... 36
1.6.1 Shielding ................................................................................................... 36
1.6.2 Protective Earth and Ground...................................................................... 36
1.7 Power Supply ................................................................................................. 37
1.7.1 Switching the System On and Off .............................................................. 38
1.8 Labelling......................................................................................................... 39
1.8.1 Introduction ............................................................................................... 39

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 9


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Table of Contents

1.8.2 Region and Component Number ............................................................... 39


1.8.3 Plant and Location Designation ................................................................. 39
1.8.4 Operational Equipment Designation (OED) ................................................ 40
1.8.5 Terminal Labeling ...................................................................................... 41
1.8.6 Individual Terminal Point Labeling ............................................................. 41
1.8.7 Terminal Coding ........................................................................................ 42
1.9 SD Card for the Master Control Module .......................................................... 43
1.9.1 Inserting SD Card ...................................................................................... 43
1.9.2 Removing SD Card.................................................................................... 44

2 Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry ............................................................... 45

2.1 Power Supply Modules ................................................................................... 46


2.1.1 PS-6630 .................................................................................................... 46
2.1.1.1 Front Panel........................................................................................... 46
2.1.1.2 Connector Pin Assignment and Display ................................................ 46
2.1.1.3 Block Diagram ...................................................................................... 47
2.1.1.4 Dimensions .......................................................................................... 47
2.1.2 PS-6632 .................................................................................................... 48
2.1.2.1 Front Panel........................................................................................... 48
2.1.2.2 Connector Pin Assignment and Display ................................................ 48
2.1.2.3 Block Diagram ...................................................................................... 49
2.1.2.4 Dimensions .......................................................................................... 49
2.2 Master Control Module ................................................................................... 50
2.2.1 Front Panel................................................................................................ 50
2.2.2 Connector Pin Assignment and Display ..................................................... 51
2.2.3 Block Diagram ........................................................................................... 52
2.2.4 Dimensions ............................................................................................... 53
2.3 I/O Modules.................................................................................................... 54

3 Preparing the Engineering .......................................................................................... 55

3.1 Engineering Tools .......................................................................................... 56


3.1.1 Differences ................................................................................................ 56
3.1.2 Interlocking................................................................................................ 56
3.2 Software for the Engineering .......................................................................... 57
3.2.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II .................................................................................. 57
3.2.1.1 Prerequisites ........................................................................................ 58
3.2.2 Web Browser ............................................................................................. 59
3.2.2.1 Prerequisites ........................................................................................ 59
3.2.2.2 Program WEBemic ............................................................................... 60
3.3 Loadable Firmwares ....................................................................................... 61
3.4 SD Card ......................................................................................................... 62
3.4.1 SD Card Reader/Writer.............................................................................. 62
3.5 Interfaces for the Engineering ......................................................................... 63
3.6 Connecting Engineering PC with the Target System ....................................... 64

10 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Table of Contents

3.6.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II .................................................................................. 64


3.6.1.1 Serial Point-to-Point Connection ........................................................... 64
3.6.1.2 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP) ........................................ 65
3.6.1.3 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP) and Terminalserver
[planned] .............................................................................................. 65
3.6.1.4 Connection via further SICAM RTUs Automation Unit(s) ....................... 66
3.6.2 Web Browser ............................................................................................. 67
3.6.2.1 Serial Point-to-Point Connection ........................................................... 67
3.6.2.2 Point-to-Point Connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP) ................................... 67
3.6.2.3 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP) ........................................ 68
3.7 Interaction with the Engineering Tool .............................................................. 69
3.7.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II .................................................................................. 69
3.7.1.1 Engineering Procedure ......................................................................... 69
3.7.1.2 Structure of the User Interface .............................................................. 70
3.7.2 Web Browser ............................................................................................. 70
3.7.2.1 Engineering Procedure ......................................................................... 70
3.7.2.2 Initializing Target System ...................................................................... 71
3.7.2.3 Loading Firmware ................................................................................. 71
3.7.2.4 Set IP Addresses .................................................................................. 71
3.7.2.4.1 Point-to-Point Connection via Serial Interface .................................. 72
3.7.2.4.2 Point-to-Point Connection via Ethernet Interface .............................. 73
3.7.2.4.3 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet Interface ................................... 74
3.7.2.5 Structure of the User Interface .............................................................. 76
3.7.2.5.1 Parameter Entry .............................................................................. 77
3.7.2.5.2 Startup Request ............................................................................... 77
3.7.2.5.3 SICAM TOOLBOX II Locking ........................................................... 78
3.7.2.5.4 Explanation Texts ............................................................................ 78
3.7.2.6 Exceptions with Engineering via Web Browser ...................................... 79

4 Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II .......................................................................... 81

4.1 Telecontrol ..................................................................................................... 82


4.1.1 Entrance into the SICAM TOOLBOX II ....................................................... 84
4.1.1.1 Logon ................................................................................................... 84
4.1.1.2 Logoff ................................................................................................... 84
4.1.1.3 Change Password ................................................................................ 84
4.1.2 Presets ...................................................................................................... 85
4.1.2.1 User and Rights.................................................................................... 85
4.1.2.2 Password ............................................................................................. 86
4.1.2.3 Language ............................................................................................. 86
4.1.3 Plant Configuration .................................................................................... 86
4.1.4 Import Firmware ........................................................................................ 86
4.1.5 Parameterization of the Telecontrol Functionality ....................................... 87
4.1.5.1 Hardware Configuration ........................................................................ 88
4.1.5.2 System-Technical Settings ................................................................... 89

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 11


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Table of Contents

4.1.5.2.1 Communication................................................................................ 89
4.1.5.2.2 Periphery ......................................................................................... 89
4.1.5.3 Process-Technical Settings .................................................................. 90
4.1.5.3.1 Levels.............................................................................................. 90
4.1.5.3.2 Types .............................................................................................. 90
4.1.5.3.3 Images ............................................................................................ 91
4.1.5.4 Decentralized Archiving (DEAR) ........................................................... 92
4.1.6 Transform Parameters............................................................................... 92
4.1.7 Import, Export and Backup of Engineering Data......................................... 92
4.1.8 Documentation .......................................................................................... 92
4.1.8.1 Hardware Configuration ........................................................................ 93
4.1.8.2 Assembly Technique ............................................................................ 93
4.1.8.3 Interface to ELCAD............................................................................... 93
4.1.8.4 Telecontrol Function ............................................................................. 93
4.1.8.4.1 System-Technical Configuration ...................................................... 93
4.1.8.4.2 Process-Technical Settings.............................................................. 94
4.1.9 Commissioning and Test ........................................................................... 94
4.1.9.1 Loading Engineering Data .................................................................... 94
4.1.9.2 Parameter Comparison......................................................................... 95
4.1.9.3 Test Functions...................................................................................... 96
4.1.9.3.1 Status of Spontaneous Data Points.................................................. 96
4.1.9.3.2 Simulation of Spontaneous Data Points ........................................... 97
4.1.9.3.3 Simulation of Module Failure............................................................ 97
4.1.9.4 Displaying Decentral Archive (DEAR) ................................................... 98
4.2 Automation ..................................................................................................... 99
4.2.1 Creating a Function Diagram (FUD)......................................................... 100
4.2.1.1 Restrictions with the Creation of a Function Diagram .......................... 100
4.2.1.2 Configuring External Signals............................................................... 101
4.2.1.3 Tool CAEx plus................................................................................... 101
4.2.1.4 Program Code Generation .................................................................. 102
4.2.2 Documentation ........................................................................................ 103
4.2.2.1 Cross Reference List .......................................................................... 103
4.2.2.2 Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function .................................................. 104
4.2.3 Commissioning and Test ......................................................................... 104
4.2.3.1 Loading Application Program .............................................................. 104
4.2.3.2 Test Functions.................................................................................... 105
4.2.3.2.1 Simulating Function Diagram Offline .............................................. 105
4.2.3.2.2 CAEx plus Online-Test................................................................... 106

5 Engineering via Web Browser .................................................................................. 109

5.1 Telecontrol ................................................................................................... 110


5.1.1 Initialize Target System ........................................................................... 111
5.1.2 Engineering Session with the Target System ........................................... 112
5.1.2.1 Logon ................................................................................................. 112

12 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Table of Contents

5.1.2.2 Logoff ................................................................................................. 113


5.1.2.3 User and Rights.................................................................................. 113
5.1.2.4 Change Password .............................................................................. 114
5.1.3 Loading Firmware .................................................................................... 115
5.1.4 Hardware Configuration ........................................................................... 116
5.1.4.1 Protocol Elements .............................................................................. 117
5.1.4.2 Peripheral Element ............................................................................. 118
5.1.5 Configuration of the Target System .......................................................... 118
5.1.6 Topology ................................................................................................. 119
5.1.7 Time Management................................................................................... 119
5.1.7.1 Common Settings ............................................................................... 119
5.1.7.2 Daylight Saving Time.......................................................................... 120
5.1.7.3 Local Setting of the Time .................................................................... 120
5.1.7.4 Time Synchronization ......................................................................... 121
5.1.8 Failure Behavior upon Fault ..................................................................... 122
5.1.9 Common Settings of the Target System ................................................... 122
5.1.10 Setting IP Addresses ............................................................................... 123
5.1.10.1 Parameterization via Ethernet Connection .......................................... 123
5.1.10.2 Parametization via Serial Connection.................................................. 124
5.1.11 Communication Configuration on the Master Control Element .................. 124
5.1.11.1 Common Settings ............................................................................... 124
5.1.11.2 Settings of the Messages.................................................................... 124
5.1.11.3 Data Management and Priority Control ............................................... 126
5.1.12 Specific Settings of the Protocol Elements ............................................... 126
5.1.12.1 Physical Interface for the Communication ........................................... 126
5.1.12.2 Select Transmission Facility................................................................ 127
5.1.12.3 Particularity with LAN Commmunication.............................................. 128
5.1.13 Configuration of the Periphery ................................................................. 129
5.1.13.1 Assignment of the Inputs and Outputs ................................................ 130
5.1.14 Settings of the Periphery.......................................................................... 133
5.1.14.1 Binary Information Acquisition............................................................. 133
5.1.14.2 Counting Pulse Acquisition ................................................................. 134
5.1.14.3 Current/Voltage Acquisition ................................................................ 135
5.1.14.4 Temperature Acquisition ..................................................................... 136
5.1.14.5 Command Output ............................................................................... 137
5.1.14.5.1 Standard Commands ..................................................................... 137
5.1.14.5.2 Checked Command Output............................................................ 139
5.1.14.5.3 Assignment Return Information to Pulse Command ....................... 141
5.1.14.6 Binary Information Output ................................................................... 141
5.1.14.7 Current/Voltage Output ....................................................................... 142
5.1.15 Commissioning and Test ......................................................................... 142
5.1.15.1 Saving Engineering Data .................................................................... 143
5.1.15.2 Loading Engineering Data .................................................................. 144
5.1.15.2.1 Loading Engineering Data Offline................................................... 146

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 13


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Table of Contents

5.1.15.3 Initiate Startup .................................................................................... 147


5.1.15.4 Test Functions.................................................................................... 148
5.1.15.4.1 Status of Inputs and Outputs.......................................................... 148
5.1.15.4.2 Forcing of Outputs ......................................................................... 151
5.1.15.4.3 Simulation of Module Failure.......................................................... 154
5.2 Automation ................................................................................................... 155
5.2.1 Creating an Instruction List (IL) ................................................................ 155
5.2.1.1 Structure of the Instruction List ........................................................... 156
5.2.1.2 Syntax for Instructions ........................................................................ 156
5.2.1.2.1 General ......................................................................................... 156
5.2.1.2.2 Adressing of I/O Variables ............................................................. 157
5.2.1.2.3 Addressing of Flags ....................................................................... 157
5.2.1.2.4 Call of Functions ............................................................................ 158
5.2.1.2.5 Call of Function Blocks .................................................................. 159
5.2.1.3 Instruction Comments......................................................................... 159
5.2.1.4 Settings in the Application Program .................................................... 159
5.2.1.4.1 Setting the Cycle Time................................................................... 160
5.2.1.4.2 Spontaneous Program Execution................................................... 161
5.2.1.4.3 Data Flow Control .......................................................................... 162
5.2.1.5 System Information............................................................................. 163
5.2.1.6 Command Processing According to IEC 60870-5-101/104 .................. 163
5.2.1.7 Generation of Integrated Totals .......................................................... 164
5.2.1.8 Periodical Datapoints.......................................................................... 164
5.2.1.9 Read System Errors ........................................................................... 165
5.2.2 Commissioning and Test ......................................................................... 165
5.2.2.1 Loading Application Program .............................................................. 165
5.2.2.1.1 Loading Application Programm Offline ........................................... 167
5.2.2.2 Saving Application Program................................................................ 167
5.2.2.3 Delete Application Program ................................................................ 169
5.2.2.4 Diagnosis of the Application Program ................................................. 170

6 Service ....................................................................................................................... 171

6.1 Operation and Display Elements................................................................... 172


6.1.1 Master Control Element ........................................................................... 172
6.1.2 I/O Modules............................................................................................. 174
6.2 Checks and System Display ......................................................................... 175
6.2.1 Checks during Startup ............................................................................. 175
6.2.2 Checks after Startup ................................................................................ 177
6.2.3 Behavior of the I/Os upon Startup and Communication Failure................. 178
6.3 Diagnosis ..................................................................................................... 179
6.3.1 Distinction of the Error Types................................................................... 179
6.3.2 SICAM TOOLBOX II ................................................................................ 180
6.3.2.1 Connection Possibilities for the Service .............................................. 180
6.3.2.2 System Diagnosis ............................................................................... 182

14 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Table of Contents

6.3.2.3 System Performance .......................................................................... 184


6.3.2.4 Diagnosis of the Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function ........................ 184
6.3.3 Web Browser ........................................................................................... 186
6.3.3.1 Connection Possibilities for the Service............................................... 186
6.3.3.2 System Diagnosis ............................................................................... 187
6.3.3.2.1 Diagnosis Overview ....................................................................... 188
6.3.3.2.2 History Diagnosis ........................................................................... 190
6.3.3.2.3 Diagnosis of the Time .................................................................... 191
6.3.3.3 Diagnosis of the Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function ........................ 192
6.4 Maintenance of the Hardware ....................................................................... 193
6.4.1 Recognition of Hardware Errors ............................................................... 193
6.4.1.1 Modules ............................................................................................. 193
6.4.1.2 SD Card ............................................................................................. 193
6.4.2 Guideline for the Replacement of Modules............................................... 194
6.4.2.1 Master Control Module ....................................................................... 195
6.4.2.2 I/O Modules ........................................................................................ 195
6.4.3 Removing or Changing I/O Modules ........................................................ 195
6.4.3.1 Restore Original Mechanical Configuration ......................................... 195
6.4.3.2 Adapt new Mechanical Configuration in the Parameterization ............. 195
6.4.3.3 Adding I/O Modules ............................................................................ 196
6.4.4 Replacement of the SD Card ................................................................... 196
6.5 Firmware Update .......................................................................................... 197
6.5.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II ................................................................................ 197
6.5.1.1 Interrogation of Firmware Revision ..................................................... 197
6.5.1.2 Importing Master Data into the SICAM TOOLBOX II ........................... 198
6.5.1.3 Loading Firmware into the Target System ........................................... 198
6.5.1.3.1 Loading Firmware Online ............................................................... 198
6.5.1.3.2 Loading Firmware Offline ............................................................... 199
6.5.2 Web Browser ........................................................................................... 199
6.5.2.1 Loading Firmware Codes into the Target System ................................ 199
6.5.2.1.1 Loading Firmware Online ............................................................... 199
6.5.2.1.2 Loading Firmware Offline ............................................................... 200
6.5.3 Errors with Loading of Firmware .............................................................. 200
6.6 Remote Maintenance ................................................................................... 201
6.6.1 Configuration of Server and Clients.......................................................... 201

A Variables in the Instruction List................................................................................ 203

A.1 System Variables ......................................................................................... 204


A.1.1 Common Variables .................................................................................. 204
A.1.2 Dataflow Control ...................................................................................... 204
A.1.3 System Errors.......................................................................................... 204
A.2 Data Points of the Peripheral Element .......................................................... 205
A.2.1 DI_DI - Double-Point Information Input: DI-610x ...................................... 205
A.2.2 DI_SI Single-Point Information Input: DI-610x ....................................... 207

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 15


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Table of Contents

A.2.3 SW_DI - Software Datapoint Digital Input................................................. 213


A.2.4 SW_DI - Software Datapoint Digital Input: DI-610x .................................. 213
A.2.5 SW_DI Software Datapoint Digital Input: DO-623x ................................ 214
A.2.6 SW_DO - Software Datapoint Digital Output ............................................ 219
A.2.7 SW_DO - Software Datapoint Digital Output: DO-620x ............................ 220
A.2.8 SW_DO - Software Datapoint Digital Output: DO-621x ............................ 225
A.2.9 SW_DO Software Datapoint Digital Output: DO-623x............................ 227

B Examples for Application Programs ........................................................................ 233

B.1 Transfer an Input to a Signalling Output and to a Command Output .............. 234
B.2 Combine two Inputs with AND ...................................................................... 235
B.3 Linear Adaptation with Value Selection ......................................................... 236
B.4 Operating Hours Counter.............................................................................. 237
B.5 Bounce Suppression .................................................................................... 239
B.6 Setpoint Command....................................................................................... 241
B.7 Create Command with ACTCON/ACTTERM via Input .................................. 242
B.8 Speed Comparison ....................................................................................... 247

C Error Handling ........................................................................................................... 249

C.1 System Errors in the Diagnosis ..................................................................... 250


C.2 Operation Errors........................................................................................... 251

D Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP .......................................................................... 253

D.1 Windows Settings ......................................................................................... 254


D.2 Settings in Microsoft Windows 7 ................................................................... 255
D.2.1 Modem Installation .................................................................................. 255
D.2.2 Network Configuration ............................................................................. 257
D.3 Settings in Microsoft Windows Vista ............................................................. 265
D.3.1 Modem Installation .................................................................................. 265
D.3.2 Network Configuration ............................................................................. 267
D.4 Settings in Microsoft Windows XP Professional ............................................ 275
D.4.1 Modem Installation .................................................................................. 275
D.4.2 Network Configuration ............................................................................. 277
D.5 Settings in Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional ......................................... 284
D.5.1 Modem Installation .................................................................................. 284
D.5.2 Configuration of Network and Dial-Up Connections.................................. 287
D.6 Settings in Microsoft Windows NT 4.0........................................................... 292
D.6.1 Modem Installation .................................................................................. 292
D.6.2 Network Configuration ............................................................................. 295
D.7 Restore Settings for the Internet Use ............................................................ 306

16 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
1 Installation

Contents

1.1 Mechanical Design ......................................................................................... 18


1.2 Design and Elements of a Module .................................................................. 20
1.3 Installation ...................................................................................................... 21
1.4 Installation of External Communication Connections ....................................... 27
1.5 Wiring Process Peripherals............................................................................. 33
1.6 Shielding and Protective Earthing ................................................................... 36
1.7 Power Supply ................................................................................................. 37
1.8 Labelling......................................................................................................... 39
1.9 SD Card for the Master Control Module .......................................................... 43

This chapter describes the structure of the system SICAM EMIC, how and where it may be in-
stalled, and how the wirings are to be accomplished.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 17


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.1 Mechanical Design

SICAM EMIC is a telecontrol device with standardized communication interface and parame-
ter-settable functions for the processing of input and output signals.

SICAM EMIC consists of

1 power supply module


1 master control module including SD card
optionally up to 8 I/O modules

The modules are mounted on a TS35 rail (DIN rail). The installation of the TS35 rail takes
place on a vertical wall in vertical or horizontal mounting position.

The positioning of the modules from left to right or from top to above takes place in the previ-
ously mentioned sequence.

You find the detailed information on mounting in section 1.3, Installation.

Standard Arrangement

8 I/O modules max.

Master control module

Power supply module

18 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

2-Line Arrangement

Master control module


Power supply module
in total max.
8 I/O modules

The electrical connection for the power supply and the TM bus is performed upon engaging,
whereby each module is individually exchangeable.

Warning
The TS35 rail on which the modules are attached must be grounded.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 19


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.2 Design and Elements of a Module

1.2.1 Peripheral Connector

On the modules there are, depending on the type, up to 4 10-pole male connectors with re-
movable screw terminals. (Optionally spring-loaded- or crimp terminals can be used.)

With the screw terminal, as an option there exists the possibility of a mechanical connector
coding (refer to chapter 1.8.7, Terminal Coding).

1.2.2 Connection Diagrams

These are located on the underside of the modules. They indicate examples of the external
circuitry of the modules.

1.2.3 Locking Clips

By means of these two metal clips the modules are locked onto the TS-35-rail and also re-
moved.

1.2.4 Display Elements

The number and meaning of the displays on the front panel are, apart from the RY-LED, dif-
ferent on all modules. While the RY-LED always displays the functional readiness of the mod-
ule, the meaning of the other displays is to be taken from the respective description in chapter
2, Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry.

20 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.3 Installation

1.3.1 Required Material

Due to the different circumstances with the local installation of the SICAM EMIC systems, this
document can not deal with details such as screw sizes, cable lengths and suchlike. There-
fore, only recommendations and minimum requirements are specified concerning consuma-
bles. The fitter himself must ensure that suitable materials and tools necessary for the installa-
tion are available.

1.3.1.1 TS35 Rail (DIN Rail)

For the installation of the modules a TS35 rail must be used that matches the European
standard EN 50 022. The orientation and position in which the TS35 rail is to be installed must
be determined locally.

Warning
By means of the connection TS35 rail - cabinet/rack a reliable grounding connection must be assured.

1.3.1.2 Cable Duct

For the cabling, cable ducts are to be provided at both sides of the modules (60x80mm (WxD)
with Siemens standard design). The minimum distance from the terminal module to the cable
duct is 20 mm for cabling without lead labeling. If the leads are to be fitted with labeling bush-
es, the minimum distance is 30 mm.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 21


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.3.2 Installation Location

The terminal modules are designed for the installation in a cabinet, rack or on the wall.

1.3.2.1 Space Requirement

Standard Arrangement
The space requirement of a completely configured SICAM EMIC system (power supply, mas-
ter control unit, up to 8 I/O modules) in the length comes to 693 mm (without end clip and
plate mounting for the system designation).

The space requirement for the height depends on the size of the module (131 mm) and on the
size of the cable ducts used and their minimum distance to the modules.

693 mm (system with 8 I/O modules)

63 mm 126 mm

min.
20

30
or
131 mm
min.
20

30
or
Height

Length

22 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

2-Line Arrangement
For the installation in cabinets or racks, that do not dispose of the required width (horizontally)
or height (vertically), the possibility of a 2-line arrangement exists.

Further information thereto can be found in the SICAM EMIC System Description, chapter
"System Overview", section "Mechanical Structure".

390 mm

63 126 mm 63 63 63 12 mm

min.
20

30
or
131 mm
min.
20

30
or
min.
20

30
or
131 mm
min.
20

30
or

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 23


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.3.2.2 Installation Position

SICAM EMIC systems may only be installed horizontally or vertically. The cabling of external
cables is also made significantly easier as a result.

Not permissible are installations on the ceiling (own weight) and on the floor (dust level).

horizontal installation

vertical installation

24 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.3.3 Installation and Removal of Modules

1.3.3.1 Handling

The modules can be installed on the TS35 rail and removed again by hand, without any tools.

For this, the locking clips on the top side of the module are pressed together , the module
coupled with the neighboring module by means of the guides at the corners of the housing
and positioned on the TS35 rail .

For the removal, the locking clips are again pressed together and the module withdrawn with
clips pressed together.

Warning
The connecting and withdrawal of modules is only permitted in a de-energized state. De-energized means
that the power supply to the power supply module, as well as the signal voltages to the respective
I/O module are switched off.
With voltages > 60 V the general safety rules must be considered obligatory.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 25


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.3.3.2 Coupling

Modules that are adjacent to each other are mechanically connected with each other by
means of the guides at the corners of the housing.

It is correct, when with vertical installation position of the system, the Siemens logo on the
front panel can be read from left to right. With horizontal installation position of the system, it
must be possible to read the Siemens logo on the front panel from bottom to top.

1.3.3.3 Order

The first two modules are always the power supply module and the master control module. Af-
terwards the I/O modules are installed.

Caution
With the last module, to protect the bus a protective cap must be snapped on. Such a protective cap is
included in the package of every power supply module as standard.
In addition, with vertical installation an end clip is also to be fitted. This prevents the modules from shifting
due to their own weight..

Bus terminator and end clip can be ordered separately (you find the indication thereto in the
SICAM EMIC System Description, Appendix "Order Information", "Accessories").

Note
Please consider the indications in the SICAM CMIC System Description, chapter System Overview,
section Architecture | I/O Modules | External I/O Modules | Configuration Notes.

26 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.4 Installation of External Communication Connections

SICAM EMIC provides 3 different communication interfaces to external data transmission fa-
cilities:

This section shows, how the various methods of communication can be realized by means of
data transmission facilities.

Depending on the communication type, different connection cables are required for the con-
nection of a data transmission facility on the master control module.

Note
Communication cables are, if possible, to be installed separately from the supply and peripheral cables.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 27


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.4.1 Serial Interface

1.4.1.1 Multi-Point Traffic via Leased Line Modem/VFT Channel Modem


CE-070x TC6-210

V.24/V.28 (X1)

Note
Consider the power consumption of the modem when using this configuration (power supply of CE-070x
via CP-6010).

Order information for the transmission facility and cables see SICAM EMIC System Descrip-
tion, Appendix Order Information, section Accessories.

1.4.1.2 Multi-Point Traffic via Glass Fibre Optic and Star Connection
PS-663x CM-0822

Glass fibre optic cable


max. 1.5 km

CM-0827 Modular coupler


RJ45 - 9pol. D-SUB

Order information for the transmission facility and cables see SICAM EMIC System Descrip-
tion, Appendix Order Information, section Accessories.

28 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.4.1.3 Dial-up Traffic Analog with Westermo TD-36 and External Supply

Westermo TD-36 max. 2,5 m

Power WESTE RMO TD-36

supply
PSTN

POWER

20 - 264VAC / 14 - 300VDC (TD-36 AV)


10 - 30VAC / 10 - 60VDC (TD-36 LV)

Order information for the transmission facility and cables see SICAM EMIC System Descrip-
tion, Appendix Order Information, section Accessories.

Cable Circuitry CP-6010 Westermo TD-36

SICAM 9-pol.
EMIC DSUB
female
X2:1 1 1 5
DCD GND
X2:2 2 2 6
RXD DSR
X2:3 3 3 4
TxD DTR
X2:4 4 4 1
DTR DCD
X2:5 5 5 8
GND CTS
X2:6 6 6 7
DSR RTS
X2:7 7 7 2
RTS RXD
X2:8 8 8 3
CTS TxD
X2:9 9 9 9
NC RI

18...300 VDC, 22...264 VAC (TD-36 AV)


12...48 VDC, 12...27 VAC (TD-36 LV)

TxRx+

TxRx-

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 29


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.4.1.4 Dial-up Traffic ISDN with Westermo IDW-90 and External Supply

Westermo IDW-90 max. 2,5 m

Power
ISDN
supply
WESTERMO IDW-90

RS-232

12 - 48VAC / 12 - 34VAC (IDW-90 LV)

Order information for the transmission facility and cables see SICAM EMIC System Descrip-
tion, Appendix Order Information, section Accessories.

Cable Circuitry CP-6010 Westermo IDW-90

SICAM 9-pol.
EMIC DSUB
female
X2:1
DCD DCD
X2:2
RXD RXD
X2:3
TxD TxD

X2:4
DTR DTR
X2:5
GND GND
X2:6
DSR DSR
X2:7
RTS RTS
X2:8
CTS CTS
X2:9
NC NC
Shield Shield

10...60 VDC, 10...42 VAC

Shield Shield

30 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.4.1.5 Dial-up Traffic GSM

GSM Modem TC6-211


(Cinterion MC52iT)

Order information for the transmission facility and cables see SICAM EMIC System Descrip-
tion, Appendix Order Information, section Accessories.

1.4.1.6 Direct Connection to Another AU

Cable Circuitry for Direct Connection

SICAM 9-pol.
EMIC DSUB
female
X2:1
DCD DCD

X2:2
RXD RXD
X2:3
TxD TxD

X2:4
DTR DTR

X2:5
GND GND
X2:6
DSR DSR
*)
X2:7
RTS RTS
X2:8
CTS CTS
X2:9
NC NC
Shield Shield

*)
with SICAM CMIC or EMIC as remote station
it is necessary to connect CTS with GND

Note
By connecting pin 5 and pin 8 SICAM EMIC recognizes if a communication unit or SICAM TOOLBOX II is
connected.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 31


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.4.2 Ethernet Interface

1.4.2.1 GPRS

GPRS Modem

Patch cable

Order information for the transmission facility and cables see SICAM EMIC System Descrip-
tion, Appendix Order Information, section Accessories.

1.4.2.2 LAN Communication


Ethernet
TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104

Switch

Patch cable

Note
Depending whether a connection is done inside or outside of cabinets, differenttypes of patch cables must
be used.

Order information for the transmission facility and cables see SICAM EMIC System Descrip-
tion, Appendix Order Information, section Accessories.

You can find details on connections above 10 m in the manual SICAM RTUs Platforms Con-
figuration Automation Units and Automation Networks, appendix A; section "Electrical Con-
nection, Cable longer than 10 m".

32 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.5 Wiring Process Peripherals

1.5.1 Introduction

Cabinet-internal wiring is preferably carried out with plastic-insulated cables according to DIN
VDE 298 T4 2/89. Types: H05V-K (0,51 mm), H07V-K (1,52,5).

The use of lead sleeves is recommended.

The construction of the peripheral connectors is designed for direct peripheral wiring. That
means, that the wiring can be carried out without the use of a routing terminal or other addi-
tional screw terminals.

For the wiring, cable ducts are to be provided at both sides of the modules (refer to section
1.3.2.1, Space Requirement).

Warning
The operations described in this manual presuppose a reliable grounding connection between
SICAM EMIC and cabinet or rack.

Warning
For modules that operate with voltages >60V (e.g.: DO-6212, DI-6101) care must be taken that manipula-
tion on the peripheral connectors may only be carried out in a de-energized state.
The reason for this is that when withdrawing the upper peripheral connector under voltage, the external
voltage can be conducted through the lower peripheral connector still connected. The pins of the upper
peripheral connector now freely accessible will now conduct the external voltage.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 33


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.5.2 Peripheral connector

Terminal type Designation Lead exit Cross section


Screw terminal (with- Labelling 110; without Coding side up to 2.5 mm
1)
in scope of supply) Labelling 1120; without Coding up to 1.5 mm
Labelling 2130; without Coding
Labelling 3140; without Coding
Spring-loaded termi- FKC 2.5/10-ST-5.08 above up to 2.5 mm
nal 1)
up to 1.5 mm
PHOENIX
Crimp terminal MSTBC 2.5/10-STZFD-5.08 above 1.52.5 mm
Crimp contact MSTBC-MT 1.52.5 1.5 mm 2)
PHOENIX 1.0 mm 3)
1)
when using a jumper with 0.75 mm or a bridging cable fan
(see following picture)
2)
jumper with 0.75 mm
3)
jumper with 1.00 mm

External wiring in 3-wire technology

Withdrawal aid for terminals


The withdrawel aid facilitates the removal of the screw terminals included in the scope of sup-
ply. This can be ordered separately (you find the indication thereto in the SICAM EMIC Sys-
tem Description, Appendix "Order Information", "Accessories").

34 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.5.3 Wiring of Analog Measured Values

With wiring of measured values with single wires, the wires must be twisted.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 35


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.6 Shielding and Protective Earthing

1.6.1 Shielding

Basically the TM-modules are designed in such a way that no shielded cables are required.

Normally, shielded cables are strain-relieved directly after the cabinet/rack entry and then
grounded on a large-surface screening rail installed for this purpose. The terminal modules
themselves provide no possibility of shield clamping.

1.6.2 Protective Earth and Ground

When installing SICAM EMIC, attention is to be paid that the cabinet or rack used features a
proper connection with protective earth and ground. That means, that all electrical conducting
parts must be connected large-surface and as short as possible with the existing grounding
system.

If these prerequisites are given, the connection of the device with ground takes place over the
connection of the TS35 rail with the cabinet spar. A reliable connection is achieved by using
screws with contact washers.

Note
The TS35 rail of a complete equipped System (PS+CP+8 I/O modules) must be screwed at least 4x on
metallic background. This background should be at least 40 cm wide. The usage of a mounting plate is
recommended.

36 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.7 Power Supply

For the supply of SICAM EMIC and of optional interface modules, a power supply module is
used.

Supply of Number
Master control module CP-6010 1
I/O modules 8
*)
Interface modules CM-0821, CM-0822, CM-0823 6
Interface module CM-0819 8
*)
also as combination of these, however, only in conformity with the configura-
tions mentioned in manual SICAM RTUs Platforms, Configuration Automation
Units and Automation Networks

You can carry out the supply of a power supply module with single leads of the type H07V-K
(1.52.5) or a cable of the type LA-YY-0 (2 x 1.52.5) or H05VV-F 3G (1.52.5) respective-
ly.

For the fuse protection a miniature circuit breaker 2-pole 2 A characteristic C (standard type:
SIEMENS 5SY5 202-7) is recommended.

Note
You find recommended and tested power supply units (standard types) in the SICAM EMIC System De-
scription, Appendix "Order information", "Accessories".

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 37


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.7.1 Switching the System On and Off

Switching On
Before switching the system on, all components must be connected to a power supply.
Switching on takes place by connecting the voltage, commonly for example by switching on a
miniature circuit breaker. The system starts up automatically (Startup after power-up).

The entire system is operational (without error display), as soon as all available components
are supplied with power and all system elements have concluded the startup. This is also ap-
plicable analogously, if only parts of the system are switched off and switched on again.

You find further information in section 6.2, Checks and System Display.

Switching Off
The switching off of the system takes place by disconnecting the voltage on all components.

If the power is switched off only at the master control element, the lower-level components are
not operational.

Caution
Switching off the master control element during writing operations to the SD card (load firmware, load pa-
rameters) must be absolutely avoided, since the data on the SD card could be destroyed as a result.

38 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.8 Labelling

1.8.1 Introduction

This section shows how to label a SICAM EMIC system according to the standard. Following
labels are designed:

Region and component number


Plant and location designation
Operational equipment designation (OED)
Terminal labelling
Individual terminal point labelling

1.8.2 Region and Component Number

For the label plate with the region- and component number, the end clip with label mounting is
to be fitted before the power supply module.

R#255/K#255

Endhalter
Klemmleistenmarker

1.8.3 Plant and Location Designation

The plant and location designation normally takes place on the cabinet in which the system is
installed.

If required, the plant and location designation can also take place on a further end clip with la-
bel mounting. This is fitted before the label mounting with the region and component number.

R#255/K#255
Plant/Location

End bracket
Terminal strip marker

End clip and terminal strip marker carrier can be ordered separately (you find the indication
thereto in the SICAM EMIC System Description, Appendix "Order Information", "Accesso-
ries").

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 39


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.8.4 Operational Equipment Designation (OED)

For the labeling of the modules with the operational equipment designation (OED) every mod-
ule is fitted with a PHOENIX label plate type: ZB8/27.

-A100 -A101 -A101.0 -A101.1

Standard labeling:

OED HW-Designation Usage


-Ax00 PS-663x Power supply module
-Ax01 CP-6010 Master control module
-Ax01.0 Periphery
-Ax01.1 Periphery
-Ax01.2 Periphery
-Ax01.3 Periphery
-Ax01.4 Periphery
-Ax01.5 Periphery
-Ax01.6 Periphery
-Ax01.7 Periphery

The zack strip can be ordered separately (you find the indication thereto in the SICAM EMIC
System Description, Appendix "Order Information", "Accessories").

40 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.8.5 Terminal Labeling

The individual terminals are already labeled ex works. The numbering takes place consecu-
tively from 16 (on power supply module and master control module) or from 140 (on all
I/O modules).

1.8.6 Individual Terminal Point Labeling

This method of labeling can take place optionally in addition to the terminal labeling.

Thereby an adhesive label is labeled individual, and afterwards placed on the slanted surface
of the housing cover.

The adhesive labels can be ordered separately (you find the indication thereto in the
SICAM EMIC System Description, Appendix "Order Information", "Accessories").

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 41


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.8.7 Terminal Coding

In order to prevent terminal strips of the lower level of a module (terminal labeling: 110 and
3140) from being interchanged with those of the upper level of the same module (terminal
labeling: 1120 and 2130), terminals and male connectors are provided with a mechanical
coding.

A coding that prevents terminal strips of one module from being interchanged with those of
another module can be realized with this method of coding, but is however not carried out at
works.

Coding element and coding section can be ordered separately (you find the indication thereto
in the SICAM EMIC System Description, Appendix "Order Information", "Accessories").

42 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

1.9 SD Card for the Master Control Module

SICAM EMIC uses a SD card (Secure Digital) to save parameter. It is located in the housing
of the master control module.

Note
The master control module is delivered without an SD card.

1.9.1 Inserting SD Card

1. Remove the front panel of the master control module.

2. Insert the SD card as shown in the picture (the contacts of the SD card must look
towards the circuit board of the SD card holder).

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 43


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Installation

3. Press the SD card by means of a suitable object (for instance ball-point pen) carefully
into the holder until it is engaged.

1.9.2 Removing SD Card

1. Remove the front panel of the master control module.

2. Press the SD card by means of a suitable object 1-2 mm into the holder. Now it is
disengaged and springs out a few millimeters form the holder. The SD card can be
removed now.

44 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
2 Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry

Contents

2.1 Power Supply Modules ................................................................................... 46


2.2 Master Control Module ................................................................................... 50
2.3 I/O Modules.................................................................................................... 54

This chapter describes the mechanical design of the modules of the system SICAM EMIC,
connector pin assignments, lighted display, as well as block diagrams and external circuitries.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 45


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry

2.1 Power Supply Modules

2.1.1 PS-6630

2.1.1.1 Front Panel

On the front panel there is a screw terminal for the power supply, as well as a lighted display.

P
S
-
6
6
3
0

2.1.1.2 Connector Pin Assignment and Display

Explanation

46 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry

2.1.1.3 Block Diagram

Switch-over 5 V / 10 V by means of TM bus message to the power supply module.

2.1.1.4 Dimensions

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 47


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry

2.1.2 PS-6632

2.1.2.1 Front Panel

On the front panel there is a screw terminal for the power supply, as well as a lighted display.

P
S
-
6
6
3
2

2.1.2.2 Connector Pin Assignment and Display

Explanation

48 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry

2.1.2.3 Block Diagram

2.1.2.4 Dimensions

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 49


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry

2.2 Master Control Module

2.2.1 Front Panel

On the front panel there are 3 connections for the communication, 1 connection for the supply
of an external data communications equipment, as well as a lighted display.

C
P
-
6
0
1
0

SICAM

50 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry

2.2.2 Connector Pin Assignment and Display

(B)
(A)
(B)
(A)

Explanation

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 51


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry

Configuration Switch

Lighted Display

2.2.3 Block Diagram

52 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry

2.2.4 Dimensions

65.75
71.95

131.04
133.3
126

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 53


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Modules Connectors, Displays, Circuitry

2.3 I/O Modules

The I/O modules connectable at SICAM EMIC are listed in the document SICAM EMIC Sys-
tem Description.

The description of the I/O modules can be found in the manual SICAM TM I/O Modules. There
you can find the following module-specific information items:

Measurements
Features and functions
Technical data
Front panel (connectors and display elements)
Connector pin assignment and meaning of the display
Block diagram
External circuitry

54 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
3 Preparing the Engineering

Contents

3.1 Engineering Tools .......................................................................................... 56


3.2 Software for the Engineering .......................................................................... 57
3.3 Loadable Firmwares ....................................................................................... 61
3.4 SD Card ......................................................................................................... 62
3.5 Interfaces for the Engineering ......................................................................... 63
3.6 Connecting Engineering PC with the Target System ....................................... 64
3.7 Interaction with the Engineering Tool .............................................................. 69

This chapter describes with which methods the system SICAM EMIC can be parameterized
and programmed, which tools are designed for that, and which differences thereby exist.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 55


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.1 Engineering Tools

The engineering of SICAM EMIC is alternatively possible via

SICAM TOOLBOX II, with tool OPM II


Web browser

3.1.1 Differences

For the engineering via web browser no special knowledge of an engineering system is re-
quired, and also no licenses. The web user interface makes a very simple access to the pa-
rameter-seting of SICAM EMIC. The structure of the parameter blocks is basically identical
structured like in the SICAM TOOLBOX II (consistent data management).

The engineering via web browser is useful for simple applications. There are not all the func-
tions which offer the SICAM TOOLBOX II, available. Main difference is, that via the web
browser no process-technical parameterization of the master control element is possible. You
can find more details thereto section 3.7.2.6, Exceptions with Engineering via Web Browser.

You find an overview of the respective functions in the sections 4.1, Telecontrol and 5.1,
Telecontrol.

3.1.2 Interlocking

The writing access to a target system is exclusive. This means, changes of the parameteriza-
tion of a target system are only possible with that engineering tool, with which engineering
was begun for the first time.

If a target system has been parameterized via web browser, it is not possible to take over the
parameterization into the SICAM TOOLBOX II. All the online tools of the SICAM TOOLBOX II
(diagnosis, dataflow test, message simulation, etc.) can not be used.

If a target system has been parameterized via the SICAM TOOLBOX II, there is only a read-
ing access possible via web browser (change of parameters not possible). The online func-
tions (diagnosis, process display) can be used in this case.

56 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.2 Software for the Engineering

3.2.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II

The TOOLBOX II (as of Version 4.10.0002) is available on DVD ROM and consists of the fol-
lowing toolsets:

EM II
Engineering Manager (base package)
PSR II
Engineering und Maintenance Computer
OPMII
Object-Oriented Process Data Manager
CAEx plus
Tool for the creation of an application program as function diagram (FUD), structured text
(ST), sequential function chart (SF)
Alternatively to the use of CAEx plus an existing and compatible instruction list (IL) can be
stored in the TOOLBOX II

The toolsets are also available as Light version. With this version, the engineering is limited
to maximal 100 system elements and 2000 data points.

The toolsets are available individually. You find information and updates for the individual
toolsets, as well as numerous licences, in PRISMA.

Document Designation Item number


Licences,variants and order TOOLBOX II V5 licence catalog, licence D30-017-5
form demand

You find detailed information on installation and accomplishment of updates in the booklet of
the TOOLBOX II CD.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 57


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.2.1.1 Prerequisites

Prerequisite for the operation of the SICAM TOOLBOX II is the usage of an appropriate PC,
that must fulfill certain hardware requirements, depending on the license package you pur-
chased.

Information thereto resides in the permanently updated List of PC preference types (PC Products
Preference List). Should that be not at your disposal, please consult your contact person at
Siemens.

For the installation of the SICAM TOOLBOX II the following preconditions are required:

DVD or BlueRay drive


C:\ drive
NTFS file system
Administrator rights for operating system Windows (read and write rights to the file sys-
tem and the Windows Registry)
Other TOOLBOX II version must not be installed
Other ORACLE applications (data base, client, etc.) must not be installed
The initial installation needs 2.5 GB free harddisk memory
An update needs additional 2.5 GB of temporary hard disk memory

For the use of the SICAM TOOLBOX II the following preconditions are required:

User permissions of the group "User" under Microsoft Windows


Installed TCP/IP
Necessary regional settings:
'Dot' for decimal separator and 'comma' for the thousand separator must be different
As separator an 'inverted comma' must not be used
Usage of Windows Fonts in normal size (96 DPI)
Microsoft Internet Explorer as of version 6.0
Macromedia Flash Player as of Version 7.0 (to play online help tutorial videos), see Instal-
lation CD1 directory \MACROMEDIA or www.macromedia.com

Supported Operating Systems and Hardware Requirements


You find the exact information on supported operating systems and hardware in the following
document:

Document Designation Item number


Brochure with information on TOOLBOX II DVD Booklet V5.00 D3E-017-1
installation and performance
of updates

58 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.2.2 Web Browser

For the engineering via web browser you need the following programs:

Software Designation Item number


Microsoft Internet Explorer Web browser
Mozilla Firefox Web browser
1)
Microsoft Notepad Text editor for the creation of an application
program as instruction list (IL) 2)
CPC30 Firmware for the master control element 3) S23-410
WEBemic Initializing tool for the setting of an IP ad- SC6-901
dress 4)
1)
or an arbitrary ASCII text editor
2)
CPC30 contains the functionality of a web server as grafical user interface for the engineering (see
also 3.3, Loadable Firmwares)
3)
IL can be stored locally on the PC or also directly on a SD card
4)
software and information on the tool can be found in PRISMA

Note
When addressing SICAM EMIC via other web browsers, a warning appears in the logon mask.

3.2.2.1 Prerequisites

The executable file WEBemic.exe must be stored locally on the engineering PC. For a conven-
ient launching you can create a shortcut on the taskbar of the engineering PC.

Supported Operating Systems (32 bit platform)

Operating system Web browser


Windows 7 Professional Internet Explorer as of version 8.0
Windows XP Professional as of Service Pack 2 Internet Explorer as of version 7.0
Mozilla Firefox as of version 3.0
Windows 2000 Professional as of Service Pack 4 Internet Explorer version 8.0
Mozilla Firefox as of version 3.0
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 Internet Explorer version 8.0

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 59


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.2.2.2 Program WEBemic

The executable file WEBemic.exe must be stored locally on the engineering PC. For a conven-
ient launching you can create a shortcut on the taskbar of the engineering PC.

With the program WEBemic you can

assign an IP address to a target system


write a parameter file existing on the engineering PC on a SD card (backup of the parame-
terization of a target system)

With assistance of a SD card read/write device, engineering data and firmwares can be cop-
ied also without target system, directly from the engineering PC on a SD card, for instance for
the replication of projects.

Flash card
Flash card read/write device

Parameter file
WEBemic

SICAM EMIC

Master control module

60 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.3 Loadable Firmwares

The modular system SICAM EMIC consists of system elements, that are designed for specific
functions:

Master control element


Central processing and coordination
Protocol elements
Communication with control center and further automation units
Peripheral element
Acquisition and output of process signals

For the implementation of the respective functions, special firmwares are provided. The func-
tionality of each system element is adjustable by means of parameters.

As a partner of Siemens you are able to download all the current firmware revisions for your
system via PRISMA (Produktstruktur).

Examples:

Systemelement Sachnummer Bezeichnung


CPC30 Central pro- S23-410-1 CPC30 Revision history
cessing/communication
S23-410-1.XX/50 CPC30 Binary file
S23-410-1.XX/53 CPC30 TB II update
UMPST0 Protocol for multi- S23-481-1 UMPST0 Revision history
point traffic slave
S23-481-1.XX/50 UMPST0 Binary file
S23-481-1.XX/53 UMPST0 TB II update
USIO36 Universal signal in- SC6-097-1 USIO36 Revision history
put/output
SC6-097-1.XX/50 USIO36 Binary file
SC6-097-1.XX/53 USIO36 TB II update

The respective binary file contains the firmware code for the relevant system element (for en-
gineering via web browser).

The respective TB II update contains the firmware code for the relevant system element, as
well as the master data for the SICAM TOOLBOX II (in case of use).

In order that the corresponding system elements work and can be parameterized, the respec-
tive

Firmware codes must exist in the target system


Toolbox update must be stored in the SICAM TOOLBOX II (in case of use)

How to load firmwares into a target system depends on the used engineering tool:

SICAM TOOLBOX II: section 4.1.4, Import Firmware and 6.5.1, SICAM TOOLBOX II
Web browser: section 3.7.2.3, Loading Firmware, 5.1.3, Loading Firmware and 6.5.2, Web
Browser

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 61


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.4 SD Card

For the storage of engineering data SICAM EMIC needs the following SD card. This is insert-
ed in the slot at the housing front.

Designation Item number/MLFB


SD card CC6-095
6MF12131GA050AA0

With usage of another suitable SD card, please consider the instruction in section 6.4.4, Re-
placement of the SD Card.

3.4.1 SD Card Reader/Writer

For archiving purposes, the engineering data and firmwares stored on the SD card can be
read with a standard commercial SD card reader/writer and be stored on a PC. On the other
hand, in particular for the initialization of a target system, the data can be written from a PC to
the SD card.

The driver software required for the use of the SD card reader/writer must be installed previ-
ously on the PC. Follow thereto the instructions of the manufacturer.

Note
The SD card must be formatted with the file system FAT16, default allocation size.

62 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.5 Interfaces for the Engineering

For the engineering and maintenance of SICAM EMIC the following interfaces are available:

System element Interface Engineering tool


CP-6010/CPC30 X1 (Ethernet TCP/IP) SICAM TOOLBOX II
Web browser
*)
X2 (serial RS-232) SICAM TOOLBOX II
Web browser
X3 (serial RS-485) TOOLBOX II (indirectly via
SICAM AK or SICAM TM)
*)
with additional input for external auxiliary voltage (supply for external modem)

Attention
With usage of the SICAM TOOLBOX II via the RS-232 interface, the external supply for modems must be
removed from connector X4, as far as the voltage at X4 is nominally 24 V.

For the transmission of engineering data to a system SICAM EMIC, the engineering PC must
be connected with the target system, and a suitable SD card must be equipped in the target
system.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 63


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.6 Connecting Engineering PC with the Target System

3.6.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II

The following connection options are available:

Serial point-to-point connection


LAN/WAN connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
LAN/WAN connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP) and terminalserver [planned]
Connection via further SICAM RTUs automation unit(s)

3.6.1.1 Serial Point-to-Point Connection

PC and SICAM EMIC are connected with a null modem cable via the serial interface (DSUB9
connector).

SICAM TOOLBOX II

Direct cable connection


2xDB9F (TF5-204--)

SICAM EMIC

Master control module

64 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.6.1.2 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP)

PC and SICAM EMIC are connected via a network with a standard patch cable with (RJ45
connector).

Ethernet TCP/IP 60870-5-104

Standard patch cable

SICAM TOOLBOX II

SICAM EMIC

Master control module

3.6.1.3 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP) and Terminalserver


[planned]

PC and SICAM EMIC are connected via a network and a terminalserver (DSUB9 connector).

Ethernet TCP/IP 60870-5-104

Standard patch cable


Terminal
SICAM TOOLBOX II Server

null modem cable

SICAM EMIC

Master control module

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 65


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.6.1.4 Connection via further SICAM RTUs Automation Unit(s)

PC and SICAM EMIC are connected via one or more SICAM RTUs automation unit(s), via the
the corresponding protocol elements of the telecontrol network.

SICAM TOOLBOX II

SICAM TM

Local automation unit


RES
CP-6014

LOC

RY
SI 0
SI 1
SI 2
SI 3

CPY
ERx RX T X

/L K

/L K

X1
COM
/PK

/PK

ER

PUSH TO
RELEASE
TM 1703 ACP
SICAM

X16
X15

X14
X5
X10

X11

X12
X3

X6

X7

X8

X9

FB X4

WD

ER
SIM0
TB

SI1 (ETO)
REL EASE

M-P RE/ 0

M-P RE/ 1

M-P RE/ 2

M-P RE/ 3
PUSH TO

SI2 (FB)

P USH TO UNLOCK
1 2 3 4 5 6

SI0

SI3
NC

24-60VDC
X2

X13
P WR
Communication interface
CM-1820 TOOLBOX connection cable

Automation/telecontrol network
(IEC 60870-5-101/104)

Communication interface

Remote automation unit

SICAM EMIC

66 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.6.2 Web Browser

The following connection options are available:

Serial point-to-point connection


Point-to-point connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
LAN/WAN connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP)

The access to the web server takes place via the IP address of the respective target system.

3.6.2.1 Serial Point-to-Point Connection

PC and SICAM EMIC are connected with a null modem cable via the serial interface (DSUB9
connector, male).

Web browser

Direct cable connection


2xDB9F (TF5-204--)

SICAM EMIC

Master control module

3.6.2.2 Point-to-Point Connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP)

The parameterization via point-to-point is suitable if the engineering PC and SICAM EMIC are
not operated in a network.

PC and SICAM EMIC are connected with a cross connected patch cable via the Ethernet in-
terface (RJ45 connector).

Web browser
Cross connected patch
cable CAT.5 (T41-258--)

SICAM EMIC

Master control module

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 67


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.6.2.3 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet (TCP/IP)

The parameterization via point-to-point is suitable if the engineering PC and (several)


SICAM EMIC are operated in a network.

PC and SICAM EMIC are connected with a network via a standard patch cable (RJ45 con-
nector).

Ethernet TCP/IP 60870-5-104

Patch cable CAT.5 Patch cable CAT.5


(standard) (standard)
Web browser

SICAM EMIC

Master control module

68 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.7 Interaction with the Engineering Tool

3.7.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II

For the engineering of SICAM EMIC serves the SICAM TOOLBOX II installed on the engi-
neering PC.

Before you start with the engineering, the predefined configuration parameters of the
SICAM TOOLBOX II must be checked and changed, if necessary (see section 4.1.2, Presets).

The system-technical and process-technical parameterization is performed with the tool


"OPM II". An application program can be created with the tool "CAEx plus" as function dia-
gram, or alternatively as instruction list with a text editor in ASCII format.

3.7.1.1 Engineering Procedure

The setting of parameters is only possible independent from the target system (offline).
Firmwares for the system elements and application programs must be previously imported in-
to the SICAM TOOLBOX II.

Engineering data maintained with the SICAM TOOLBOX II is stored in a data base on the
harddisk of the engineering PC. By means of loading processes, the engineering data can be
transferred from the harddisk of the engineering PC to a target system. Thereto the target sys-
tem must be connected with the engineering PC and switched on, and a SD card must be
equipped in the master control module of the target system.

The engineering data is stored during a load procedure on the SD card of the target system.
With startup of the target system, all new or changed data is transferred into the main
memory.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 69


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.7.1.2 Structure of the User Interface

The single tools of the SICAM TOOLBOX II have a design oriented according to Microsoft
Windows . After successful installation they can be started from the Windows start menu
Start | All Programs | SICAM TOOLBOX II , or via the Toolbox shortcut on the desk-
top.

The tools most frequently needed (Load Parameters, CAEx plus, etc.) can be started also di-
rectly from the central engineering tool "OPM II".

The detailed instructions for the work with the tools of the SICAM TOOLBOX II reside in the
SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help and in the CAEx plus Online Help.

Note
The SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help can be started either directly via the start menu of your PC, or from
each single tool via the menu Help .

3.7.2 Web Browser

For the engineering of SICAM EMIC serves the web browser installed on the engineering PC,
and additionally the program WEBemic.

3.7.2.1 Engineering Procedure

The web browser shows HTML sites provided by the integrated web server of the master con-
trol element. The parameterization is performed online in the target system.

By means of the web server the engineering data is maintained and stored on the SD card of
the master control element. Engineering data can be transferred also by means of loading
processes from the harddisk of the engineering PC to a target system and reversely.

70 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.7.2.2 Initializing Target System

Before you can parameterize a SICAM EMIC via web browser, you must

load the firmware CPC30 into the target system


define the IP addresses for the engineering PC and for the target system

3.7.2.3 Loading Firmware

Download the firmware CPC30 (and if needed Firmwares for protocols and periphery) from
PRISMA and copy it into the root directory of an appropriate SD card.

If all the needed files are stored on the SD card, put the SD card into the master control mod-
ule of the de-energized target system, and then switch on the power supply.
Now the target system performs a startup, whereby all new or changed data is transferred into
the main memory. After termination of the startup the firmwares are active.

The loading of the single firmware CPC30 can take up to 10 minutes, multiple firmwares up to
30 minutes.

3.7.2.4 Set IP Addresses

For the parameterization the target system must be connected with the engineering PC and
switched on. In the master control module of the target system a SD card must be equipped.

The establishing of a communication connection between engineering PC and the target


system takes place via adjustable IP addresses.The following values are predefined:

Parameter Value Meaning/Remark


Own IP address 172.16.0.1 Address of SICAM EMIC web server (point-to-point via
serial interface)
Remote IP address 172.16.0.2 Address that is assigned temporarily to the engineering
PC by SICAM EMIC for the parameterize session (point-
to-point via serial interface)
Own IP address 172.16.0.3 Address of SICAM EMIC web server (point-to-point via
Ethernet interface)
Subnet mask 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 = not used
Default gateway 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 = not used
Interface half duplex Setting is dependent on the utilized transmission media
and should be changed only in exceptional cases

The adjustment of IP addresses is dependent on the selected physical connection (see 3.6.2,
Web Browser).

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 71


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.7.2.4.1 Point-to-Point Connection via Serial Interface

The following steps are necessary:

Configure IP address for engineering PC


Connection setup via web browser

Configure IP Address for Engineering PC


For the initial parameter setting the IP addresses predefined in SICAM EMIC can be used.
Thereby the web server of the target system assignes automatically an IP address to the en-
gineering PC, if this is configured for the automatic acceptance of an IP address.

Click in the control panel of the engineering PC on Network connections , after that on
New Connection Wizard .
Create now a serial connection to another computer (in this case SICAM EMIC) via an availa-
ble COM interface of the engineering PC.

Click in the property dialog of the serial connection on the tab Networking , mark Internet
Protocol (TCP/IP) and click on Properties .
Select OBTAIN IP ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY and confirm with OK .
Confirm the connection settings with OK .

Connection Setup via Web Browser


Start the web browser and enter the IP address of your target system (172.16.0.1) in the
address bar.

You find further information on logon to the target system and the belonging settings in chap-
ter 5, Engineering via Web Browser.

72 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.7.2.4.2 Point-to-Point Connection via Ethernet Interface

The following steps are necessary:

Configure IP address for engineering PC


Connection setup via web browser

Configure IP Address for Engineering PC


For the initial parameter setting the engineering PC can be adjusted corresponding to the IP
address predefined in SICAM EMIC.

Click in the control panel of the engineering PC on Network connections , after that on
Local Network and Properties .
Mark in the property dialog Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and click on Properties .
Select USE THE FOLLOWING IP ADDRESS and enter 172.16.0.4 and the subnet mask
255.0.0.0, and confirm with OK .
Confirm the network setings with OK .

Connection Setup via Web Browser


Start the web browser and enter the IP address of your target system (172.16.0.3) in the
address bar.

You find further information on logon to the target system and the belonging settings in chap-
ter 5, Engineering via Web Browser.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 73


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.7.2.4.3 LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet Interface

The following steps are necessary:

Writing IP address with WEBemic


Connection setup via web browser

Configure IP Address with WEBemic


With operation in a network an unambiguous IP address must be assigned to SICAM EMIC.
The assignment of the IP address is dependent on the subnet mask used in the network. The
identification for the assignment of the IP address happens solely via the MAC address of the
target system. This is printed on a sticker on the back of the master control module.

Via a menu item of the program WEBemic the IP address can be changed online from each
point within a segment of the network (also via router).

Start thereto the program WEBemic with double click.

The WEBemic splash screen is opened, and the WEBemic symbol appears in the notification
area of the taskbar.

Click OK to close the splash screen. Then click with the right mouse button on the
WEBemic symbol.

The context menu of WEBemic is opened.

Change the language if needed and


open the context menu again.
After that click on Set Ethernet IP
Address .

Thereupon the window for the address assignment is opened.

Note
The IP settings depend on the configuration and the used transmission media of your network. For the
setting of these values please contact your network administrator.

74 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

Complete the last 3 bytes of the MAC


ADDRESS and enter the IP setings
IP ADDRESS, SUBNETMASK and DEFAULT
GATEWAY.

After the entry of the parameters click on Set IP .

WEBemic creates now the ARP table on the engineering PC (assignment MAC address to IP
address). Afterwards WEBemic tries to reach the target system. If this is successful, the pa-
rameterized addresses are loaded into the target system. After that the settings are stored in
the target system.

The procedure is terminated successfully if the information save parameters


OK appears. The target system can be addressed now by the web browser.

The supplement NOK means that an error ocurred with writing the addresses. In this case
no communication between your PC and the target system is possible. Check the set network
addresses and the physical connection. If necessary, check the IP settings of your PC (start
Command Prompt, command ipconfig).

Note
The writing of the IP address with WEBemic is also possible locally via the serial interface.

Connection Setup via Web Browser


Start the web browser and enter that IP address in the address bar you have previously as-
signed to your target system.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 75


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

You find further information on logon to the target system and the belonging settings in chap-
ter 5, Engineering via Web Browser.

3.7.2.5 Structure of the User Interface

The user interface represented in the webbrowser is structured in different parts:

Header
Display of the values for
Station name
Region
Component
Time on the master control element
Firmware of the master control element (Version.Revision)

Footer
Display of the current menu with path indication.
Pop-up menu
Navigation to the single parameter and operation menus.
By means of clicking on the interactive menu items with the symbol the respective sub-
menus are popped up hierarchically until the desired dialog can be selected.
Interactive menu items without symbol open a dialog.
Dialog for the parameter input
Parameters and values, explanation texts, display of states, execution of operator inputs.

76 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.7.2.5.1 Parameter Entry

The user interface supports different ways of entry:

Entry of values or texts


The value/text can be written in a writable input field.
With the entry there are no restrictions by the input field. With the value transfer a plausibil-
ity check takes place using the allowable value range and the maximum number of charac-
ters (example: the entry of signal texts is limited to 20 characters). The user interface noti-
fies an implausible entry once upon leaving the input field or after clicking the apply button.
Selection of values or texts
The value/text can be selected from a pull-down menu, or the selection happens by way of
clicking a checkbox.

Value changes require a confirmation via the butto Apply .

Note
The storage of values is possible only with equipped SD card.

For some parameter settings, such as Topology , at first a table must be created. This
happens via the button Append lines .

3.7.2.5.2 Startup Request

After the change of settings of configuration parameters, these must be activated by means of
a startup of the target system. In this case the informatory line appears:

By way of clicking on the interactive part a startup is triggered.

However, arbitrary additional parameters can be changed, until all together are activated with
a startup.

The indication is maintained thereto also with change of the parameter setting menus. It dis-
appears only after the performance of a startup of the target system.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 77


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

Settings of the hardware configuration require an immediate startup, in order that the corre-
sponding system elements are activated and become available for the system-technical pa-
rameterization. In this case a confirmation prompt from the website appears:

3.7.2.5.3 SICAM TOOLBOX II Locking

If the initial engineering has been performed with the SICAM TOOLBOX II, a static indication
appears in the header:

3.7.2.5.4 Explanation Texts

Like with parameterization via the SICAM TOOLBOX II for a multitude of parameters suppor-
tive explanation texts (tooltips) are available.

By dragging the mouse pointer on a parameter name the corresponding explanation text is
faded in, if it is present.

The tooltips are identical with the description of the Toolbox parameters.

78 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

3.7.2.6 Exceptions with Engineering via Web Browser

The parameter records in the SICAM TOOLBOX II and in the web browser are basically iden-
tical structured. However, for the engineering via web browser some simplifications exist,
hence the following functions are not supported or implemented in another manner:

Parameters of the OPM II Expert Mode are not shown


If a function can be activated only via an expert parameter, the belonging data points are
not available.
Example 1: Expert parameter receive format for the categories DO_SI and DO_SX
(spontaneous or periodical): the periodical datapoint is not available (see thereto section
5.2.1.8, Periodical Datapoints).
Example 2: the function Breaker Tripping Suppression with Auto-Reclose Function for double-
point information items can be activated only via an expert parameter, therefore the be-
longing data points reclosing <> are not available (see section 5.1.14.1, Binary In-
formation Acquisition, and section 5.1.14.5, Command Output).
HW configuration basic system element (BSE)
The BSE is automatically configured as soon as a SD card with the firmware CPC30 has
been installed. Further firmwares (protocol elements, peripheral element) may be also on
the SD card, however, no parameter files (ACPCONF.V01, 140100.P, etc.).
Process technique basic system element (BSE)
The process-technical settings in the BSE (system functions) are not available:
Decentral archiving
Error message detailed diagnostics table
Error message sum diagnostics table
Communication control message
Protocol element return information message
Protocol element control message
Redundancy return information message
Redundancy control message
Special application output
Special application input

However, with usage of an application program, global system variables are supported to
access the contents of the sum diagnostics table (see A.1.3, System Errors.
System technique peripheral element (PE)
After the configuration of the PE the I/O modules must be configured in the OPM II. With
the engineering via web browser the I/O modules are configured automatically.
Process technique peripheral element (PE)
In contrast to the OPM II no images are applied, for each I/O module a configuration page
and a setting page exist.
In the configuration page the usage of the I/Os is defined (according to the assignment in
the SICAM TOOLBOX II).
In the setting page the previously configured I/Os are parameterized. There appear only
the parameters relevant for the defined usage.
The following general data points are not available:
Revision
Control location
Process technique protocol element (PRE)
In contrast to the OPM II no images are applied, the process technique is provided as
spreadsheets (send detailed routing, receive detailed routing).

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 79


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Preparing the Engineering

Loading firmware of protocol elements


Protocol elements can not be loaded slot-selectively. If for instance on PRE0 and on PRE1
the system element UMPST0 configured, both are loaded.
Message simulation
The message simulation is not supported (inserting of arbitrary messages into the system).
However, there is the possibility of displaying current process values of the periphery (bi-
nary information states, integrated totals, measured values) and to set process values
(commands, setpoint commands).
Data flow test
The data flow test is not supported (different log points, filters, etc.)
Revision interrogation
The current firmware revision of the basic system element is displayed in the header of the
user interface, the revisions of the additional system elements (PRE, PE) in the drop-down
menu on the configuration page.
Application program
A grafical function diagram creation is not possible, only an instruction list (ASCII format)
can be loaded into the target system.
Test of the appliction program
Offline simulation or online test of the appliction program (state display and forcing of sig-
nals) are not possible.

80 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
4 Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

Contents

4.1 Telecontrol ..................................................................................................... 82


4.2 Automation ..................................................................................................... 99

This chapter is a guideline for the work with the SICAM TOOLBOX II. You find the details for
the engineering in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 81


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1 Telecontrol

The acquisition, parameter setting and documentation of the process-technical process and its
associated data points is enabled in the SICAM TOOLBOX II mainly with the help of the tool
"OPM II" (Object Orientated Process Data Manager).

Overview of the Tasks

Task Meaning
Presets Define user and rights; language
Initialization of the plant data Configure plant and automation unit
Import firmware Load firmware into the SICAM TOOLBOX II
HW configuration Select installed system elements
Parameterization of the sys- Time management
tem technique Communikation common
Protocol elements
Representation of data points assigned to hardware I/Os
Decentral archive
Parameterization of the pro- Create images
cess technique Assign process images to data points
Settings for configured process signals
Routing of send data and receive data
Bulk edit Edit great amounts of image parameters
Transfer parameters Translate parameters for the target system
SD card Write and read application data
Import/Export Generate and read backups of the application data
Documentation Formatted spreadsheets for printing
Hardware (configuration, pin assignment)
Parameters
Load parameters Transfer parameters and function diagram to the target sys-
tem
Parameter comparison Compare settings between current project and target system
Dataflow test Record and store dataflow in the target system
Message simulation Send messages from the SICAM TOOLBOX II to a target sys-
tem
Service function online Read and set time of target system
ST emulation Execute system-internal functions (only for authorized users)
Topology test Acqusition of physically connected automation units in a
SICAM RTUs automation network
Diagnosis Read detailed information generated by the self monitoring

82 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

Fundamental Procedure of the Parameterization


customer
define customer ans process technical plant
process technical branch
plant (with wizard) number
configure plant
OPM II define customer system technical plant
process technical region
plant (with wizard) AU

basic system elements


configure AU protocol elements
with modules peripheral elements
OPM II

select AU/BSE
system technique system functions set parameters
set telecontrol save
parameters periphery define images
OPM II process technique protocols set parameters
system data save

automatically when
system technique
translate saving
parameters
OPM II target system user defines the
process technique SAT1703 moment
selection AU

load
selection of AU load parameters
parameters
Parameter
loader

Essential Administrative Functions


project technique customer

configure plant plant


plant system technique region
manage- AU
ment
plant
assemble technique station
building location
cabinet
board rack
plant
process technique
range

customer
plant management
content in export
export/backup system technique start export
data distri- record ...
process technique
bution center system elements

import selection import file selection import file


data distri-
bution center

generate (csv file)


document HW selection AU services
documentation
configuration assembly
technical
documentation

preview spreadsheet
document
system technique selection AU
parameters
OPM II print spreadsheet

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 83


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.1 Entrance into the SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.1.1 Logon

With the initial start of a tool of the SICAM TOOLBOX II you must enter a user name and a
password. After that you are able to begin the paramerization.

A user change is possible with the tool "SICAM TOOLBOX II Presets" (menu Authorization
| Login ).

4.1.1.2 Logoff

A user logoff is possible with the tool "SICAM TOOLBOX II Presets" (menu Authorization |
Logout ). You can continue to operate tools that are still active, but the activation of tools re-
quires another login.

If all tools are quit without logout, the user will remain logged in unless a logout from the
Toolbox PC or Toolbox Server takes place.

4.1.1.3 Change Password

As user type admin you can define a password for each newly added user.

Guidelines for the Assignment of Passwords


The password may consist of up to 8 characters
No differentiation between upper case and lower case
Special characters can be used
Empty password possible (logon to the project without password)

84 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.2 Presets

Before you begin with the engineering of SICAM EMIC, several basic settings are to be car-
ried out for the work with the SICAM TOOLBOX II:

User and rights


User-specific settings
Password
Workplace-secific settings
Organization of the SICAM TOOLBOX II
Language

For the access to the SICAM TOOLBOX II a logon with username and password is required.

The parameterization with the SICAM TOOLBOX II happens exclusively offline. Only the
transfer of data (firmware, application data), as well as test and diagnosis are performed
online via a communication connection.

The parameterization with the SICAM TOOLBOX II happens exclusively offline. Only the
transfer of data (firmware, application data), as well as test and diagnosis are performed
online via a communication connection.

The globally valid configuration parameters in the SICAM TOOLBOX II are displayed and set
with the tool "SICAM TOOLBOX II Presets". They can - dependent on the access rights - be
changed at any optional time.

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"SICAM TOOLBOX II Presets" and chapter "Administration of SICAM TOOLBOX II".

4.1.2.1 User and Rights

The following user types are predefined and can be selected:

Type admin
Type profi
Type standard

For each user type different rights are predefined.

As user type admin you can freely assign new user names (max. 8 characters). For each
user a special role (max. 20 characters) can be assigned.

For each role certain rights can be freely selected and assigned from a list. Depending on
which role a user has been assigned, he may control determined functions. An exception are
the unchangeable roles, that are reserved for the Siemens specialists for maintenance pur-
poses.

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"SICAM TOOLBOX II Presets", section "User/Role Administration".

Note
All operation functions of SICAM EMIC described in this manual are generally applicable for the "Adminis-
trator" role available in the SICAM TOOLBOX II.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 85


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.2.2 Password

The entrance into the SICAM TOOLBOX II is protected for each user by means of an individ-
ual password.

The preset password is equal to the predefined user type.

Note
The preset password must be changed after the first logon.

4.1.2.3 Language

The language English or Deutsch can be selected.

4.1.3 Plant Configuration

A plant is configured according to different views:

Project technique
System technique
Process technique

The configuration data is in each case specifically parameterized for the different views.

With the initial creation of a plant you must enter the configuration data into the
SICAM TOOLBOX II with the tool "OPM II". The entry of the parameters is thereby supported
by "Wizards". The plant topology is determined based on the parameter setting of the configu-
ration data.

After the inialization, the administration of the plant configuration can be carried out with the
tool "Plant Management". With this tool the configuration data can be changed or deleted at
any time.

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Plant Manage-
ment".

4.1.4 Import Firmware

For the parameterization of a target system the system elements to be used must be
equipped, and the belonging firmwares must be present in the SICAM TOOLBOX II.

You can import the required firmwares - if not yet present - into the data base of the
SICAM TOOLBOX II with the tool "Master Data Update". You find the corresponding files in
Online Support Products (see section 3.3, Loadable Firmwares). You find further information
thereto in section 6.5.1.2, Importing Master Data into the SICAM TOOLBOX II.

86 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.5 Parameterization of the Telecontrol Functionality

The acquisition, parameter setting and documentation for the telecontrol function and its as-
sociated data points is enabled in the SICAM TOOLBOX II mainly with the help of the tool
OPM II (Object Orientated Process Data Manager).

The users guide of the OPM II can be found in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"OPM II".

The description of the system-technical and process-technical settings can be found in the
manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter
"Telecontrol".

Note
In the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help resides a video demonstration for the parameterization of
SICAM EMIC (section "System Technique", "SICAM RTUs", "SICAM EMIC").

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 87


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.5.1 Hardware Configuration

Before the parameterization of the functionality, the target system must be configured with the
required system elements:

Basic system element


Protocol elements
Peripheral element
I/O modules

Note
The firmware codes of the corresponding system elements must exist in the target system.

You find an overview of the available system elements and I/O modules and their technical
specification in the SICAM EMIC System Description.

The configuration takes place with the tool "OPM II" via the menu items Tools |
Systemtechnik and Tools | Library Overview .

By dragging the system elements of the system SICAM EMIC from the Library Overview onto
the respective target system in the system technique, the corresponding system elements are
added with default parameters.

With use of I/O modules these must be dragged onto the virtual system element USIO36. After
that you can assign signals (hardware pins and software data points) to the respective
I/O modules.

When deleting an I/O module, all the assigned signals (hardware pins and software data
points) are then deleted from the plant tree.

Note
With the configuration of I/O modules consider also the notes in section 1.3.3, Installation and Removal of
Modules.

The changed hardware configuration must be converted with the tool "OPM II", menu
Destination systems | SICAM 1703 transformer , and subsequently transmitted to the
target system with the tool "Load parameters", to become effective.

During startup the target system checks if the mechanically installed I/O modules match the
parameterization.

Note
The configuration in the "OPM II" must match the mechanically installed I/O modules.
If you remove an I/O module mechanically, you must delete it also in the "OPM II". If you do not adapt the
configuration in the "OPM II", the target system detects this I/O module as failed (error indication).
If you add an I/O module mechanically without adapting the configuration in the "OPM II", this has no ef-
fects. In this case, the added I/O module is ignored.

88 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.5.2 System-Technical Settings

The system-technical configuration of a target system resides in the window "System tech-
nique". This can be opened via the menu Tools | System technique .

The parameter setting is carried out in the menu tree, respectively below the selected basic
system element:

Common settings
Time management
Communication protocols
Network settings
Topology
Dataflow filter
Periphery
Decentralized archiving

4.1.5.2.1 Communication

The protocol is determined by configuring a protocol element suitable for the existing applica-
tion and its parameterization.

4.1.5.2.2 Periphery

The peripheral functions are defined by means of configuring the peripheral element, the
I/O modules suitable for the present application, as well as their parameters.

Below the level of the Ax peripheral bus the configured peripheral element with the configura-
ble signals is displayed:

Hardware pins
Software data points

By means of the context menu of a hardware pin/software data point, selection Edit image ,
you get directly to the process-technical settings of the respective signal.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 89


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.5.3 Process-Technical Settings

4.1.5.3.1 Levels

The process-technical plant can be structured in freely-definable hierarchy levels. The follow-
ing graphic shows an example:

You find the instruction to create levels in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
OPM II, section Levels.

The process-technical settings of the system elements can be opened centrally via the menu
item Tools | Images .

4.1.5.3.2 Types

Types form the template for the structure of a process-technical plant. They serve for the sim-
plification with engineering of large quantities of objects, parameters and values.

Types of the following type categories can be defined below the levels:

User types
Link types
Info types
Parameter types

A type is defined respectively for objects, that have the same features (examples: feeder, cir-
cuit breaker, disconnector).

You find the instruction to define the different types in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter OPM II, section Types.

90 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.5.3.3 Images

Images are real objects of the plant with parameters and signals (examples: feeder north, cir-
cuit breaker Q00, disconnector Q10).

Typified images
Typified images can be created from the defined types, that means, each images is as-
signed to a type. The assigned type defines thereby the structure for the image. The struc-
ture defines which linktypes include a signal and which parameter includes a link. This
structure can be changed only in the type of the belonging image. All images that are as-
signed to that type, adopt automatically the structure change (inheritance). The same be-
havior applies for default input.
The usage of typified images is the more efficient, the more identic images are present.
Typeless images
Typeless images do not have a reference to the types, that means, no inheritance takes
place. Typeless images are also created by structural changes of a typified image (since
the image does not have the same structure as the type).
Typeless images are advantageous, if images are only uniquely existing.
Below typless images, typified images can be used (example: voltage level 20 kV is
typeless since it is only uniquely existing, all feeders thereunder are typified images).
Link images
In the link images the parameters of the single target systems can be set.
The signals of the libraries include as first link a so-called common link (LNK_ADR). There
reside parameters (example: longtext, LAN station...) that include references to other
links of the same signal or are source of formulas.
A reference causes that upon changes of an entry in the common link the change takes
place automatically in the link of the specific target system. Message address
CASDU(1,2), IOA(1,2,3) and TI are generated automatically with filling of the 1703 link ad-
dress (Lk_Reg, Lk_Komp, Lk_BSE, Lk_ZSE, Lk_DP) by means of formulas and refer-
ences and do not have to be entered.

You find the instruction for the creation of images in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter "OPM II", section "Images".

Parameterization of the Process Signals and Assignment to the System Technique


The parameters for the technological processing of process signals reside in the menu tree
below the link images:

Addressing
Signal preprocessing
Signal postprocessing

You find the description of the parameters in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"Parameter Documentation".

You find the description of the technological processing of inputs and outputs of the process
periphery in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to
IEC 60870-5-101/104.

The assignment of a process signal to a hardware pin or software data point in the system
technique takes place by means of assignment (alternatively automatical or manual). You find
the instruction thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Parameter Documen-
tation", section Assign.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 91


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.5.4 Decentralized Archiving (DEAR)

The Decentralized Archive serves for the archiving of events during a communication fault.
Here all the data points used in an automation unit can be acquired.

You can configure the archive in the system technique of the "OPM II" (parameter group De-
centralized archiving of the respective automation unit). In the images you can define
the process-technical settings of the data points to be acquired. During operation, these data
points are archived chronologically upon status change. This applies for all commands and bi-
nary information items of the send and receive direction.

You find the detailed information on the settings in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Func-
tions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Telecontrol", section "Decentralized Ar-
chiving".

4.1.6 Transform Parameters

Before loading into the target system, the process-technical parameters of the plant must be
transformed. This can be carried out with the tool "OPM II" through selection of the menu
Destination systems | SICAM RTUs | SICAM RTUs Transformer .

System-technical parameters are automatically transformed when saved.

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "OPM II", section
"Transform and Load", "SICAM RTUs".

4.1.7 Import, Export and Backup of Engineering Data

The tool "Data Distribution Center" enables the importing and exporting of parameters, as well
as the creation of backup files.

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Data Distribution
Center".

4.1.8 Documentation

With the tool "OPM II" you can generate and print the documentation of the engineering data:

Hardware Configuration
Assembly Technique
Interface to Elcad
Telecontrol Function
System-technical configuration
Process-technical settings

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "OPM II", section
"System Technique", section "Documentation".

92 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.8.1 Hardware Configuration

You can initiate the documentation of the system elements in the plant tree of the menu
System technique , via the context menu of the automation unit.

The output takes place as a table in a file (format .csv) or to a printer.

With the tool "HW-FW Configuration" you can assign the required assembly-technical infor-
mation to the system elements.

4.1.8.2 Assembly Technique

You can initiate the documentation of the assembly-technical configuration in the plant tree of
the menu System technique , via the context menus of the I/O modules.

The output takes place as a table with adjustable layout, optionally as preview on the screen
or to a printer.

The documentation extends over the HW pins of the respective I/O module and contains:

Slot and type of I/O module


System-technical address of each pins within the message
Process-technical address of each pins within the message
Common information of a pin (long text)
Assignment of the pins to a link image in the "OPM II"

4.1.8.3 Interface to ELCAD

For the coupling with the design tool ELCAD, it is possible to transfer images that are as-
signed to a system element via this defined interface.

The output takes place to a text file (format asc).

The generation of the file takes place via selection of the menu Destination systems |
SICAM RTUs | SICAM RTUs Transformer.

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "OPM II", section
"Elcad".

4.1.8.4 Telecontrol Function

4.1.8.4.1 System-Technical Configuration

You can initiate the documentation of the system-technical configuration in the menu
System technique , via the context menu of an automation unit or of a specific system ele-
ment.

The output takes place as a spreadsheet, optionally as preview on the screen or to a printer.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 93


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.8.4.2 Process-Technical Settings

You can initiate the documentation of the process-technical settings in the tree of the menu
Edit image , via the context menu of a selected hierarchical level.

The output takes place as a spreadsheet, optionally as preview on the screen or to a printer.

4.1.9 Commissioning and Test

For commissioning and test of the projected settings the following functions are available
(online):

Load engineering data


Parameter comparison
Test functions
Diagnosis (see section 6.3, Diagnosis)

For these functions the engineering PC must be connected with the target system (see 3.6.1,
SICAM TOOLBOX II).

4.1.9.1 Loading Engineering Data

The loading of the parameters of a process-technical plant from the PC into the target system
takes place with the tool "Load Parameters". You can launch it from the "OPM II" via the menu
Target systems | SICAM RTUs | Parameter loader , or directly via the start menu of
your PC.

With the tool "Parameter Loader" you can add and select automation units, and initiate the
loading via the menu Load | Selected AUs .

All settings that have been performed in the SICAM TOOLBOX II are thereby saved jointly on
the SD card of the target system:

Configuration parameters
System-technical parameters
Process-technical parameters (if they have been transformed previously)
Application program (if code has been generated previously)

After the loading of the parameters an automatic startup of the target system is performed. For
each selected automation unit a corresponding notification appears subsequently.

94 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

For the loading of the parameters there are different variants available:

Load intelligent
only the changed parameters are loaded into the target system
can be applied locally or remotely
Load unconditional
all parameters are loaded into the target system
can be applied locally or remotely
Initialize
all parameters are deleted in the target system, and all parameters newly transferred
can be applied only with the locally connected automation unit
is used for the first loading of an automation unit or of a basic system element

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Service Pro-
grams", section "Parameter Loader".

Caution
During a loading operation, the switching off of the master control element is to be absolutely avoided,
since the data on the SD card could be destroyed as a result.

4.1.9.2 Parameter Comparison

With tool "Parameter Loader" you can check whether the parameter status in the destination
system is current. You can select an automation unit and start the comparison via the menu
Parameter | Comparison Aus <-> Toolbox ).

For each selected automation unit appears the indication whether the parameters are current
or not current.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 95


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.9.3 Test Functions

For the examination of the parameterized automation units and their data flows, the following
test functions are available:

Data flow test


Message simulation
Topology test
ST emulation

define TOOLBOX
filters
select test points start record
select message
State of display format
spontaneous selection AU
data points data flow play record
test

simulation of
selection AU select message send message(s)
spontaneous
display format
data points message
simulation

4.1.9.3.1 Status of Spontaneous Data Points

With the tool "Data Flow Test" data streams (flow of messages) can be simultaneously logged
and visualized. For a subsequent analysis - also at another location - a recording can take
place with the Interface Recorder.

The function Simultaneous log serves for the recording of messages within the internal da-
ta flow of an automation unit. In protocol elements, the data flow from and to other automation
units can also be acquired.

The following data can (with change of the spontaneous data) be simultaneously logged:

Change of state of inputs/outputs


Communication from and to protocol elements
Data traffic from and to the application program
Data traffic from and to special functions (for example set counters, set time)

By means of triggering a General Interrogation all spontaneous input signals can be simulta-
neously logged at any arbitrary time.

You find the instruction for this test function in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"Service Programs, section "Data Flow Test".

You find further information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section "Data Flow Test".

96 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.1.9.3.2 Simulation of Spontaneous Data Points

With the tool "Message Simulation" messages can be transmitted from the
SICAM TOOLBOX II to automation units. Just one message or up to 100 messages in suc-
cession can be transmitted; in addition sequential delays and message repetitions can be de-
fined.

The messages can be passed in at defined points of the system. With this function the follow-
ing possibilities exist:

Setting of outputs
Simulation of the communication from and to protocol elements
Data traffic from and to the application program
Data traffic from and to special functions (for example set counters, set time)

Pay attention that due to the simulation the plant state can change.

Warning
The manual controlling of outputs with the plant running can lead to damage to persons and machines.
Ensure that aggregates in the control area of the command output and those subsequent aggregates in
the process chain are protected and that persons in the vicinity are warned.

You find the instruction for this test function in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"Service Programs, section "Message Simulation".

You find further information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section "Message Simulation".

4.1.9.3.3 Simulation of Module Failure

With the tool "ST Emulation" there is an option to simulate the failure of the up to 8 possible
I/O modules (IOM) by means of a command exists for test purpose.

Note
The tool "ST Emulation" is a developer application and requires Administrator rights.

Enter thereto the following instructions (framed) in the command line:

?:
?:l Input for logon to the target system
M: Return information if connection is established
M: gz0 Input for addressing of the peripheral element
M/Z0: Return information from the peripheral element
M/Z0: dbx c950d8-w1/b Input for reading the state of the IOM (binary)
00C950D8: 0000000111111110 Return information IOM0IOM7 ok (binary)

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 97


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

Note
The command address for the peripheral element depends on the firmware revision:
USIO36 Rev. 0402c94e38
USIO36 Rev. 05c950d8
If the respective target system is operated with a more recent firmware revision, please contact our Cus-
tomer Support Center.

To let fail for instance IOM0 and IOM6, enter the following instruction (framed) in the com-
mand line:

M/Z0: wbx c950d8 /b, 0000000101111100 Write the state of the IOM (binary)
M/Z0:

The bit assignment is defined as follows:

Bit 0 irrelevant (right-most bit)


Bit 1 IOM0
Bit 2 IOM1
: :
Bit 8 IOM7
Bit 915 irrelevant

To activate an I/O module again, the write command with the corresponding bit = 1 must be
entered. Afterwards a startup oft he target system must be performed.

4.1.9.4 Displaying Decentral Archive (DEAR)

The current contents of DEAR can be displayed with the tool "OPM II".

Via the context menu of the automation unit, submenu Display decentral archiving , you
get to the file directory.
Then select a file and click on the button Display archives to display the respective rec-
ords.

Note
The data records of the decentral archive are registered in configurable files. The files are stored on the
SD card. The record of data points is therefore only possible with equipped SD card.

You can save the displayed records of DEAR in a file (Format .csv) on the engineering PC.

You find the information thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "OPM II",
section "System Technique", "General", "SICAM RTUs", "Decentral Archive Display".

98 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.2 Automation

For the implementation of freely definable open-/closed-loop control functions you can create
optionally an application program as function diagram (FUD).

The application program processes process information from the I/O modules connected to
the basic system element and/or from other system elements in the automation network of the
specific process-technical plant.

Overview of the Tasks

Task Meaning
Configure external signals Create images for spontaneous and periodical data points
Create function diagram Edit the application program
Simulate function diagram Offline test of the application program
Generate program code Compile application program
Load program code Transfer application program into the target system
Perform startup Initialize application program in the target system
Test function diagram Online test of the application program
Documentation Prepare application program for printing

Fundamental Procedure of the Programming

define images for


configure spontaneous messages
external signals periodical data points
OPM II from periphery

translate CAEx plus: variable user defines the


parameters import/code generation moment
OPM II

edit function use of process technical


edit signals
chart CAEx signals from OPM II
plus

offline simulation (test


simulate of the function chart
selection of resource
function chart CAEx logic without target
plus system)

generate code selection of resource code generation


CAEx
plus

load code selection of AU load parameters


OPM II

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 99


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.2.1 Creating a Function Diagram (FUD)

For the creation of a function diagram the tool "CAEx plus" is required.

4.2.1.1 Restrictions with the Creation of a Function Diagram

For the creation of a function diagram several exceptions must be paid attention to:

Blocks and data types


In the type instance and in the application blocks of the AU library, only blocks and data
types supported by SICAM EMIC can be used.

Signals from the signal list


From the signal list only signal types supported by SICAM EMIC can be used in the type
instance (for instance the message with TI 38 "protection event" is not allowed). The
check is performed via the data type of the signal. Also the system data point from the sig-
nal list can not be used in the type instance.

System data points


These are available as global variables in the global variable object "System info" in the
resource. These global variables can be used in the FUD.

Type identifications
Since the type identifications supported by SICAM EMIC are restricted, a check is per-
formed during the creation of the FUD. Messages with not supported type identifications
can not be used in the FUD.

Non-volatile states
If messages or inputs/outputs of blocks are set to "retain" in the FUD, then a correspond-
ing warning is output upon the code generation.

CASDU
All the information which is produced in SICAM EMIC has the same CASDU in the mes-
sage address. Hence, for messages that originate in the FUD the same CASDU must be
assigned in the CAEx plus link. With "wrong" setting in the "OPM II" the IL code
generaration aborts with a corresponding error information. For input messages in the
FUD an arbitrary message address can be assigned.
Status bit "Class 1"
This is not supported by the FUD (priority management of the communication function).

Status bit "R" (redundancy)


This can not be set by the target system. Using the redundancy bit a warning will be output
upon code generation.

Additional attributes
These are not supported by SICAM EMIC. Upon code generation these attributes are not
taken account of, and neither a warning nor an error will be output.

Periodical datapoints
SICAM EMIC does not support periodical links (1703 links with use in the FUD, no evalua-
tion oft he parameter use_caex_plus). With periodical use, the variables must be entered
directly in the FUD (system variables with predefined names). These system variables can
be found in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help in the datenpoint description oft he firm-
ware USIO36 (internal key 92128 up to 92255).

You find further information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Restricted Open-/Closed-Loop Con-
trol Function".

100 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.2.1.2 Configuring External Signals

The I/O's are integrated into the Function Diagram via the Signal List. Dependent from the
fact, whether the target system is engineered via the SICAM TOOLBOX II or via the web
browser, the Signal List can be alternatively

generated with the tool "OPM II"


imported from a local parameterization (see thereto section 4.1.7, Import, Export and
Backup of Engineering Data)

The signals of the process-technical plant can be used by "CAEx plus" after the transformation
(see section 4.1.6, Transform Parameters). The structure of the project tree automatically
adapts to the structure from the "OPM II".

An introduction how to create a project can be found in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter
"First Steps" and chapter "Additional Products", section "Signal List (Optional)".

4.2.1.3 Tool CAEx plus

The tool "CAEx plus" provides various editors and standard libraries for the creation of the
open-/closed-loop control function.

The process-technical functions of a plant are created with the function diagram editor (FBD
Editor). A function diagram is thereby created by the interconnection of

predefined functions and function blocks (SICAM EMIC library)


functions and function blocks defined by the user

Example

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 101


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

You find the description of the editor in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Editors".

Additional information can be found in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"CAEx plus".

You find the most important characteristic values (limits) for the creation of the open-/closed-
loop control function in the SICAM EMIC System Description, chapter "Technical Specifica-
tions of the Modules", section "Master Control Modules".

You find the technical details for the processing of the open-/closed-loop control function and
its partial functions in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic System
Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Restricted Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function",
"Application Program","Function Diagram".

4.2.1.4 Program Code Generation

Before the loading of the open-/closed-loop control function into the target system, the pro-
gram code must be generared.

You can start the code generation via the CAEx plus Transformer or from "CAEx plus", via the
context menu of the basic system element (resource).

Start of the Program Code Generation

The function diagram is now translated and checked by a compiler.

Via the menu Tools | Error-state viewer you can activate the notification display of the
code generation. There are recorded common notifications (as for instance information about
the occupied storage space for code and variables), as well as detected errors in detail.

102 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

Error State of the Compiler

The exact description of this tool resides in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Target Sys-
tem Connection", section "Functions for Target System Connection", section "Code Gene-
ration".

The code generation can be started independently from "CAEx plus" with the tool "OPM II"
through selection of the function Destination systems | CAEx plus | signal
list/generate code . Thereby a signal list is created for the processing of the parameterized
signals in the open-/closed-loop control function and read into "CAEx plus".

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "OPM II", section
"Transform and Load", "CAEx plus".

4.2.2 Documentation

4.2.2.1 Cross Reference List

With the tool "CAEx plus" a cross reference list over the project hierarchy can be generated,
displayed on the screen, or printed.

The cross reference list extends alternatively over a

Basic system element


Program organization unit

It is executed via the respective context menu Cross-references .

You find the details thereto in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Basics", section "Default
Operating Elements", section "Commands of the Pop-Up Menus".

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 103


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.2.2.2 Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function

In the project hierarchy of the tool "CAEx plus", by selecting one of each level, by means of
pop-up menu the function Print can be executed. The print operation is started on the de-
fault printer of the PC.

You find the details thereto in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Basics", section "Default
Operating Elements", section "Commands of the Pop-Up Menus", section "Print in Project
Management".

Additional information can be found in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Basics", section
"Default Properties" as well as chapter "Lists and References", section "Designing Printouts
with DXF".

Further extensive possibilities for the documentation are provided by the optional function
Document Management (additional product for "CAEx plus").

You find the details thereto in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Additional Products", sec-
tion "Documents Management (optional)".

4.2.3 Commissioning and Test

4.2.3.1 Loading Application Program

To load the program code (compiled FUD or IL) into the target system, the engineering PC
must be connected with the target system (see 3.6.1, SICAM TOOLBOX II).

The loading of the programm code into the target system takes place jointly with the parame-
ters set in the "OPM II". Thereto the tool "Parameter Loader" must be used (see also section
4.1.9.1, Loading Engineering Data).

All the open-/closed-loop control functions that have been performed in "CAEx plus" are there-
by stored on the SD card in the master control element.

The loading of the program code leads to an operational interruption of the target system. Af-
ter termination of the loading process, a startup of the target system is required.

Caution
During a loading operation, the switching off of the master control element is to be absolutely avoided,
since the data on the SD card could be destroyed as a result.

You find the technical description thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions
System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Open-/Closed-Loop Con-
trol Function", "Loading of Application Program (Reload)".

You find the instruction for the operation in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter
"Service Programs", section "Parameter Loader".

Note
Instead of a function diagram an instruction list (ASCII format) can be imported in "CAEx plus".

104 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.2.3.2 Test Functions

4.2.3.2.1 Simulating Function Diagram Offline

The logic operations of a function diagram can be tested in "CAEx plus" with the Offline
simulation .

This function can be called via the context menu of the basic system element, program in-
stance or type instance. You can find the details thereto in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter
"Additional Products", section "Offline Simulation".

Oscilloscope functions serve for the chronological representation of analog values and binary
values during the Offline Simulation of the function diagram.

You find exact details thereto in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Additional Products",
section "Logic Analysis with Oscilloscope Functions".

CAEx plus Oscilloscope (Example)

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 105


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

4.2.3.2.2 CAEx plus Online-Test

With the tool "CAEx plus", all open- and closed-loop technical tasks in processing elements of
the SICAM AK system can be tested online (selection of the basic system element, context
menu ONLINE Test).

The following test functions are available:

Display and force values


Test switch input/output messages, input/output process images of the peripheral ele-
ments
Changing the execution status of the open-/closed-loop control function
Stop controller
Start controller
Perform cold start of the resource
Perform warm start of the resource
Halt task
Continue task
Perform cold start of a task
Perform warm start of a task
Halt program
Continue program
Setting breakpoints
Display status information
Read and write variables
Oscilloscope

Note
With user program running the simulated value of a variable is statically overwritten. In contrast to this, in-
puts/outputs are not statically overwritten, rather only with a change to their process image (edge-
triggered).
With user program stopped, simulated values are retained.

The technical description of the online test function can be found in the manual
SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation",
section "Online Test".

The details for operation can be found in the TB II CAEx plus User Manual, chapter "Target-
System Connection", section "Functions for Target-System Connection".

106 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

CAEx plus Online Test (Example)

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 107


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II

108 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
5 Engineering via Web Browser

Contents

5.1 Telecontrol ................................................................................................... 110


5.2 Automation ................................................................................................... 155

This chapter describes how the system SICAM EMIC can be parameterized via web browser,
which possibilities exist for the loading and saving of data, and how an application program
can be created.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 109


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1 Telecontrol

This section shows the procedure for the setting of the telecontrol parameters.

Overview of the Tasks

Task Meaning
Presets Define user and rights
Initialization of the plant data Configura plant Anlage and automation unit
Load firmware Load firmware (peripheral element, protocol element) into the
target system
HW configuration Selection of the installed peripheral and protocol elements
Parameterization of the sys- Time management
tem technique Communikation common
Protocol elements
Assignment of process signals to data points
Decentral archive
Parameterization of the pro- Settings for configured process signals
cess technique Routing of send data and receive data
Load engineering data Transfer engineering data from PC to target system
Save engineering data Transfer engineering data from target system to PC
Visualization Status of the inputs and outputs
Force variables Assign values to outputs for test and service purpose
Diagnosis Read detailed information generated by the self monitoring
Load engineering data offline Write parameters from local file on the PC onto SD card
Loading Firmware offline Write firmware file onto SD card

110 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Fundamental Procedure of the Parameterization

create a new open an


load a project save a project
project existing project

Ethernet serial

set up modem
start WEBemic
connection

set Ethernet IP
address (CP-
6010)

ok

start webbrowser manually


IP address (serial: 172.16.0.1)

log on

load parameters save parameters


edit project (upload) (download)

filename source filename target

apply parameters

writes project on writes project in


SD card local file
writes project on
SD card

5.1.1 Initialize Target System

The parameterization with the web browser happens exclusively online and presupposes that
the steps according to section 3.7.2.2, Initializing Target System are performed:

IP address for target system and/or engineering PC has been configured


Firmware CPC30 has been copied on a SD card
SD card has been installed in the (de-energized) target system
Target system has been switched on
Connection to the target system has been established

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 111


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.2 Engineering Session with the Target System

5.1.2.1 Logon

Start the web browser of your PC and enter the IP address of your target system into the ad-
dress field, and accept with the enter key.
The logon page of the target system is opened.

For the entrance into a target system a logon is required. Select thereto:

Language (English or Deutsch)


User type (Administrator or Guest)
Password (default 1703)

For the engineering of SICAM EMIC you must select the language and the user type on the
logon page.
By means of clicking on Logon you get to the start page of the adressed target system.
Thereby a session with the web server of the master control element is started.

As user type Administrator you can begin now with the parameter-setting.

112 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Via the start page you can log off from the currently parameterized target system, but also
perform a manual startup. You can reach the start page also at any moment via the menu
Start .

5.1.2.2 Logoff

To quit a project click on the start page on the button LOGOUT and confirm with Yes .

In order that in case of an unintended abortion of a project (failure of the communication con-
nection, unintended closing of the web browser, etc.) the previously opened session is termi-
nated, the firmware of the master control element contains the following safety mechanisms:

Termination of the session by means of watchdog timer


With each update on the web browser the watchdog timer is started. If within 15 minutes
no access to the web server takes place, the session is terminated automatically. For a
new access a new logon is required.
Termination of the session by means of new logon
With a logon to the web server a still opened session is closed immediately.

Caution
If several users may access the same target system, the one that logs on as last obtains the access right.
The session of the predecessor is disconnected.

5.1.2.3 User and Rights

For each user type different rights are predefined:

Action Administrator Guest


Change administrator password -
Change guest password -
Perform startup
HW configuration -
Change parameters -
Display parameters
Load parameters -
Save parameters
Load firmware
Visualization
Force variables -
Diagnosis

Note
All operation and test functions of SICAM EMIC described in this manual are generally applicable for the
unrestricted access right (Administrator).

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 113


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.2.4 Change Password

The access to a target system (web server) can be protected by means of an individual pass-
word.

The preset password must be changed after the initial logon, in order to protect the engineer-
ing data against unauthorized access.

The password for the access to the web server can be changed in the menu Parameter |
CPC30 | Network settings | HTTP web server | HTTP web server .
To change the settings, the parameter HTTP web server must be set to enabled.

Note
With engineering via web browser the HTTP web server is system-internally fixed enabled.

After transfer of the entered values a new logon into the project is only possible with the cur-
rent password.

Guidelines for the Assignment of Passwords


Maximal 8 characters (further characters are "cut off" upon saving)
Differentiation between upper case and lower case letters
Special characters can be used
Empty password possible (logon to the project without password)

Note
In case of problems with passwords please contact the Siemens Support Center.

114 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.3 Loading Firmware

For the parameterization of communication protocols and peripheral signals the corresponding
firmwares must be in the main memory of the target system (see also section 6.5.2.1, Loading
Firmware Codes into the Target System).

Firmwares can be downloaded as binary file (file format .bin) from PRISMA and be stored on
the engineering PC.

Click thereto on the menu Upload/Download .


With the function FIRMWARE UPLOAD (PC SICAM EMIC) you can transfer the firmware code
from the engineering PC into the target system (upload).

The firmware code can be loaded as follows:

Enter the name of the source path and source file either directly into the input line, or choose it
by means of the browse function.
By clicking on the button Browse the browse function is opened.

After the choice click on the button Open to accept the path statement and file name.
After that click on the button Start to load the choosen firmware code.

The target system begins with the load procedure. The duration of the load procedure de-
pends on the size of the firmware code and on the used communication connection.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 115


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

After the loading the firmware is configured on the SD card.

Note
During the loading process the menu Upload/Download must not be left. The selection of another
webpage may lead to the occurrence of undefined states.

After successful upload a corresponding indication appears, as well as a hyperlink to the HW


configuration page, where the loaded firmware can be parameterized.

If the firmware code is not valid, an error indication appears (example):

5.1.4 Hardware Configuration

In addition to the master control element and the power supply, you can equip SICAM EMIC
with the following system elements:

Protocol elements for the communication


Hardware (integrated on the master control element) + firmware
Peripheral element for peripheral functions
Hardware (integrated on the master control element) + firmware
Connected I/O modules

You find the protocol elements and I/O modules supported by SICAM EMIC and their specifi-
cation in the SICAM EMIC System Description.

To be able to activate the previously loaded firmwares of system elements, these must be
configured in the parameterization.

Click thereto on the menu Configuration .


The configuration page for the selection of the available system elements is opened.

Note
The selection contains only that system elements, whose firmware has been loaded already into the mas-
ter control element (with indication of the revision level).

116 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Set Configuration
Select the desired system elements via the relevant pull-down menu.

If you want to save the set configuration (button Apply ), an automatic startup request takes
place.

After acknowledging with OK the master control element performs the startup. Thereby
the settings are stored on the SD card, and the configuration menus for the selected system
elements are built in the web browser. By clicking on Cancel the selected system ele-
ments are discarded.

5.1.4.1 Protocol Elements

You can equip up to 3 protocol elements. Thereto you must assign a protocol to the respective
protocol element (parameter PRE-0, PRE-1, PRE-2).

The hardware for a protocol element is integrated on the master control element, and does not
need to be mechanically equipped therefore.

After the startup the configured protocols appear in the menu Parameter | PRE<02>:
<protocol name> for the configuration. The parameterization takes place for each protocol.
The parameters of newly identified protocols are assigned with their default values.

You find more detailed information on the protocols in the manuals SICAM EMIC Protocol El-
ements and SICAM RTUs Common Functions Protocol Elements.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 117


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.4.2 Peripheral Element

To be able to parameterize the process periphery, the peripheral element must be assigned
(parameter PE-0). This is only possible, if at least 1 I/O module has been connected to the
master control element of the target system.

Note
For the mechanical installation of I/O modules please consider the indications in the SICAM CMIC System
Description, chapter System Overview, section Architecture | I/O Modules | External I/O Modules |
Configuration Notes.

Single I/O modules need not to be selected. After the assignment of the peripheral elements a
startup is required, whereby the target system detects and "learns" the I/O modules connected
on the master control element.

After the startup the mechanically equipped I/O modules appear in the menu Parameter |
PE-0: USIO36 for the configuration. The parameterization takes place for each I/O module.
The parameters of newly identified modules are assigned with their default values.

Note
The learnt configuration is checked with each additional startup against the actually connected
I/O modules. With deviation SICAM EMIC notifies an error.
If the once learnt configuration is changed, pay attention to section 6.4.3, Removing or Changing
I/O Modules.

5.1.5 Configuration of the Target System

The configuration of the target system is parameterized in the menu Parameter | AU


configuration .

If the target system is integrated in an existing plant, these values should fit to the existing pa-
rameterization (conformable region and component number, same customer and plant desig-
nation).

The initial set values can be changed at any moment. To store the values click on the button
Apply .

The values become active after the next startup. After that, the new values for station, region
and component are displayed in the header.

118 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.6 Topology

In the menu Parameter | CPC30 | Topology is defined, via which interface which re-
mote stations are accessible, and which basical data flow direction is needed to these remote
stations (control direction, monitor direction or both directions).

For the parameterization of remote stations you can insert lines with the button
Append lines .

Example:
Multi-point traffic (end-end) with SICAM TM as master (region 10, component 55)

With the button Show columns the complete parameter block can be made visible. The
hidden parameters serve for special applications, they need not to be used in normal case.

5.1.7 Time Management

5.1.7.1 Common Settings

The internal clock of SICAM EMIC serves for the time tagging of generated data (from the pe-
riphery and optional IL). The smallest resolution is 1 ms.

If date and time once have been set, they are displayed in the header of the user interface.
The update in the header does not happen permanently, but with each update of the web
browser.

Via the menu Parameter | CPC30 | Time mangement | Common Settings the
page for the setting of the time parameters is opened.

In this example the target system is time-set via the multi-point traffic master or via NTP serv-
er. After 1800 s without synchronization event the target system records an error in the diag-
nosis.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 119


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.7.2 Daylight Saving Time

Via the menu Parameter | CPC30 | Time mangement | Daylight saving time you
get to the settings for the daylight saving time.

Here you can enable the daylight saving time and select the format for the setting of the day-
light saving time rule. In the submen Daylight saving time rule you can adjust the exact
data for the daylight saving time/normal time switchover.

Settings are stored by clicking on the button Apply and are active instantly after that (no
startup required).

5.1.7.3 Local Setting of the Time

Via the function LOCAL TIMESET you can adjust date and time of the target system also manual-
ly. This function is useful especially for the "stand-alone" operation.

With the clickbox REFRESH you can decide with which values date and time in the target sys-
tem are to be adjusted:

Checkmark set: the current values are read from the engineering PC and updated in the
input field permanently
Checkmark not set: the values can be entered manually

Via the corresponding pull-down menu you can choose between daylight saving time and
normal time. By clicking on the button Apply date and time are transferred to the target sys-
tem, and the status display is updated.

After an update of the web browser the date/time display in the header is updated.

120 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.7.4 Time Synchronization

The exact information for the time and synchronization reside in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section
"Time Management".

Multi-point Traffic
The time is sent from a central station (time master) to SICAM EMIC. The time master must
synchronize at least each 60 s, in order that the minimum resolution of 10 ms is achieved.
With failure of the time synchronization the target system records a warning in the diagnosis
after 10 min.

Dial-upTraffic
The time is sent from a central station (time master) to SICAM EMIC. A synchronization can
happen only upon setup of a connection.

Ethernet
With communication according to IEC 60870-5-104 the time can be synchronized via SNTP
(Simple Network Time Protocol). To achieve that, you can enter the IP address of up to
4 SNTP servers, as well as the cycle time of the SNTP synchronization. The settings thereto
reside in the menu Parameter | CPC30 | Netwerk settings | NTP time
synchronization client .

With time synchronization via NTP server the current NTP server is determined by "voting".
This takes place according to the following weighting:

Attainability
Stand-alone (SNTP server does not receive a time)
Distance (with regard to the time)

A voting is performed after each 3-fold cycle time (parameter NTP cycle time). The mini-
mum voting time is 1 hour. Upon failure of the time synchronization the target system records
a warning in the diagnosis. With time synchronization via another automation unit (without
NTP server) the warning is recorded after 10 minutes.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 121


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.8 Failure Behavior upon Fault

The occurance of a heavy fault can lead to an undefined state in the processing of the firm-
ware on the master control element. Normally the target system stops thereby the firmware
and records an error in the diagnosis.

You can change this behavior in the menu Parameter | CPC30 | BSE common
settings (parameter Failure behavior ).

The setting Restart firmware means that the firmware of the target system performs an au-
tomatic startup in case of error. This might be advantageous upon a temporary error that dis-
appears by itself.

You find further information thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System
and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section "Operating States", "Firm-
ware Shut Down".

5.1.9 Common Settings of the Target System

In the menu Parameter | CPC30 | AU common settings | AU common settings


you find superior settings of the target system.

Here you can enter, amongst others, the values for Short Pulse Duration and Long
Pulse Duration. Depending on whether the target system receives a command with short or
with long command output time, the command is output with the duration adjusted here.

The address of the target system is set in the menu Parameter | CPC30 | AU common
settings | common address of the ASDU (CASDU) .

122 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Here you can enter an unambigous station address in the system-technical plant. CASDU1
and CASDU2 result automatically in the CASDU upon storing. With that, the open-/closed-
loop control function generates its data points.

The activation of the stored values does not require a startup.

Error! Reference source not found. Target System Setting IP Addresses

The IP addresses for your engineering PC and for your target system can be changed directly
via the web browser.

With engineering via a point-to-point connection you need not to change the preset addresses
(see 3.7.2.4, Set IP Address), since they are used only temporarily for the parameterization of
SICAM EMIC.

Note
After each change and transfer of the data, the target system can be accessed only by selection of the
newly set IP address.
If the access to the web server is no longer possible, check the IP settings of the engineering PC. In each
case the IP address of SICAM EMIC can be changed with the help of WEBemic (see section 3.7.2.4.3,
LAN/WAN Connection via Ethernet Interface).

5.1.10.1 Parameterization via Ethernet Connection

With parameterization in a network (company intranet, networked plant) conformable IP ad-


dresses must be assigned.

You find the settings in the menu Parameter | CPC30 | Network settings | IP
address .

Store the changed settings by clicking on the button Apply .

The stored IP-Addresses are active only with a startup of the target system.

Note
The IP settings depend on the configuration and the used transmission media of your network. For the
setting of these values please contact your network administrator.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 123


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.10.2 Parametization via Serial Connection

You find the settings thereto in the menu Parameter | CPC30 | Network settings |
http web server | Parametrize via serial (PPP/TCP/IP) .

The Own IP address is assigned to the web server of the target system, the Remote IP
address is assigned to the engineering PC, if this is configured to obtain an IP address auto-
matically. Check thereto the network settings of your PC.

5.1.11 Communication Configuration on the Master Control Element

5.1.11.1 Common Settings

You find the common settings of the communication in the menu Parameter | CPC30 |
communication | Common settings .

5.1.11.2 Settings of the Messages

Via the menu Parameter | CPC30 | communication | PRE<03> | IEC60870-5-


101/104 you get to the settings of the messages.

These settings are independent on the communication type and exist individually for each pro-
tocol element:

Transmission with//without time tag


Variable elements of the message
Command time monitoring
Monitoring ACTCON

124 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Example 1: transmission with/without time tag

The information objects supported by SICAM EMIC can be transmitted to the control center ei-
ther with time tag or without time tag. The definition happens selectively for each type identifi-
cation. You find the parameters thereto in the submen Transmission with/without time
tag .

Example 2: variable elements of the message

For the communication with different systems the byte numbers of the identifiers in the mes-
sage header can be parameterized.

Settings on the master control element


menu Parameter | CPC30 | communication | PRE<03> | IEC60870-5-
101/104 | variable elements of the message

You find the information thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic System Elements, Appendix "Message Formats".

Settings on the protocol element (only with end-end traffic and multi-point traffic)
menu Parameter | PRE<03>: <protocol name> | advanced parameters |
IEC 60870-5-101 (byte number link address).

You find the information thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Protocol El-
ements, chapter "Multi-Point Traffic (UMP)", section "Communication according to
IEC 60870-5-101", "Data Acquisition by Polling (Station Interrogation)".

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 125


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.11.3 Data Management and Priority Control

Via the menu Parameter | CPC30 | Communication | PRE<03> | Advanced


Settings you get to the settings for

Behavior upon communication failure


Priority for the emission

You find the information thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic System Elements, chapter "Telecontrol", section "Communication with other Automation
Units", section "Data Storage", "Behavior during a Communication Failure" and section "Priori-
ty Control".

5.1.12 Specific Settings of the Protocol Elements

5.1.12.1 Physical Interface for the Communication

SICAM EMIC can communicate simultaneously via up to 3 physical interfaces. For each con-
figured protocol element an interface must be assigned exclusively.

You find the assignment in the menu Parameter | PRE<02>: <protocol name> |
Common settings | Common settings of the respective protocol elements (parameter
Interface).

126 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

The following assignments are permitted:

Protocol Designation Interface


X1 X2 X3
LAN RS-232 RS-485
UMPMT0 Multi-point traffic Master -
UMPST0 Multi-point traffic Slave -
DIAST0 Dial-up traffic Slave - -
103MT0 Protection Master -
ST1ST0 Siemens SIMATIC S5 ST1 GV-S -
TG8ST0 L&G Telegyr 800 GV-S -
SMST0 ASCII protocol for SMS alerting - -
BPPT0 End-end traffic - -
*)
ETT0 Ethernet TCP/IP - -
MODMT0 Gould Modbus Master -
UMPMT1 Multi-point traffic Master (AMIS) -
DNPST0 DNP3 Slave -
PCBST0 SAT SK 1703 PCMBA GV-S -
*)
defined internally, no selection required

5.1.12.2 Select Transmission Facility

After the assignment of a physical interface you can choose a transmission facility usable for
the respective protocol element.

With the parameter Baud rate you can adapt the speed for the transmission to the central
station to the transmission facility.

Example: settings for protocol element UMPMT0

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 127


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Example: settings for protocol element MODMT0

After the choice store the settings by clicking on the button Apply . An automatic startup
request takes place.

After acknowledging with OK the master control element performs a startup.

You find the meaning and details to the protocol-specific settings in the manual SICAM RTUs
Ax 1703 Common Functions Protocol Elements.

5.1.12.3 Particularity with LAN Commmunication

On the protocol element ETT0 are namely up to 4 remote stations settable, however these are
managed as 1 station (QID/St# = 255).

All messages are distributed synchronously to all remote stations. When messages are re-
ceived, they only become invalid, if no more remote station is attainable (no regard to the ac-
tual source).

128 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.13 Configuration of the Periphery

The firmware of the peripheral element provides the functions for the technological prepara-
tion of the inputs/outputs (signal preprocessing, signal postprocessing).

In SICAM EMIC maximum 8 I/O modules can be operated. The following types can be used:

Digital input (DI)


Digital output (DO)
Analog input (AI)
Analog output (AO)

Each I/O module is equipped with an individual number of physical inputs/outputs that serve
for the acquisition or for the output of electrical signals.

Corresponding to the equipped configuration of the I/O modules their names appear in the
menu tree. Via the menu Parameter | PE-0: USIO36 | IOM <07>: <module name> |
Configuration you get to the configuration page of an I/O module.

In the configuration page the connectable inputs/outputs of the hardware (pins) on the
I/O module can be defined as data points in the target system.

Example: DI binary information acquisition

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 129


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Example: AI measured value acquisition

Example: DO command output

5.1.13.1 Assignment of the Inputs and Outputs

The assignment of the electrical signals to an I/O module takes place through the relative ter-
minal assignment.

The definition of the data points happens via

Selection of the signal type


Selection of the type identification (TI)
Entry of a short text
Entry of the complete message address
CASDU1, CASDU2, IOA1, IOA2, IOA3

Note
In totality you can define up to 500 data points (process images). Example: a signal is sent to 2 stations,
that corresponds to 2 data points, therefore 498 free data points remain.

130 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Signal Types

Function Signal type Wiring Effectiveness


Binary information ac- Single-point in- 1 digital input
quisition formation
Double-point 2 subsequent digital inputs
information
Counting pulse acquisi- Integrated totals 1 digital input
tion
Current/voltage acqui- Current 1 analog input
sition
Voltage 1 analog input
Temperature acquisi- 2-wire 1 analog input
tion
Temperature 3-wire
4-wire
2-wire 1 analog input
Resistance 3-wire
4-wire
Pulse command output Single command 1-pole 1 digital output

1,5-pole 1 digital output


+ 1 digital output for group relay
2-pole 2 subsequent digital outputs

Double com- 1-pole 2 subsequent digital outputs


mand
1,5-pole 2 subsequent digital outputs
+ 1 digital output for group relay
2-pole 4 subsequent digital outputs

Binary information out- Single-point in- 1 digital output


put formation
Setpoint command via Current 1 analog output
current/voltage
Voltage 1 analog output
signal type and wiring are dependent on the respective I/O module

Note
On an AI module currents and voltages can not be mixed.
On an DO module commands and binary information items can not be mixed.

Type Identifications
The description of the different type identifications (TI) resides in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, Appendix "Message Formats".

Short Text
The short text (signal name) may be up to 20 characters long and must not contain umlauts. It
is used only in the web browser (process-technical setting, visualization).

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 131


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Message Address
With the message address the data points of the communication and of the open-/closed-loop
control function are assigned. You find the exact details thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section
"Data Flow Control".

With an autoincrement function the message addresses can be adjusted easily in ascending
order.

Example: increment 1 for IOA3

Write 1 into the input field and click on the checkbox for IOA3.

Beginning from the first pin (uppermost line), now the following addresses are each increased
by 1. Thereby not assigned pins are counted, but not written.

If the first pin does not have an assignment, the error identification NaN is written into the fol-
lowing address fields. Values above 255 are not permissible and can not be stored.

Store the configuration by clicking on the button Apply . After the storage a startup is re-
quired, in order that the parameters become aktive. You can perform the startup also at a later
tim, for instance after the parameterization of the further I/O modules.

132 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.14 Settings of the Periphery

In the menu Parameter | PE-0: USIO36 | IOM <07>: <module name> | Settings
befinden sich the process-technical settings for the signals of the respective I/O modules.

Dependent on the parameterized configuration of the I/Os, here appear automatically name
and type of the assigned data points and their specific parameters.

You find the description the functions for the signal preprocessing and signal postprocessing,
as well as their parameters, in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Ele-
ments According to IEC 60870-5-101/104.

You find an overview of the parameters and value ranges in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online
Help, chapter "Parameter Documentation and Diagnostic Info", "1703 ACP and 1703 Ax (IEC)
Periphery", "Firmwares, USIO36.

5.1.14.1 Binary Information Acquisition

For the acquisition of single-point or double-point information items an appropriate digital input
module must be equipped, and the DI signals to use must be configured.

Example:

Power Monitoring
You can activate the power monitoring for digital inputs jeweils with the parameter
SVM_monitoring. The monitoring takes place by groups:

Group 0: IOM <07> IN D00IN D07


Group 1: IOM <07> IN D10IN D17

For the power monitoring 1 input for each group (IN D07 and IN D17) must be wired with the
protected sensor voltage. Thereby the number of process information items is reduced to
7 inputs for each group.

You find further information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Ele-
ments According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapters "Single-Point Information" and "Double-
Point Information", respectively in the section "Sensor Voltage Monitoring (Power Monitoring)".

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 133


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

The following data points are not available via web browser

Configuration Assignment
Double-point infor- Reclosing DI IOMx - IN D00/D01
mation acquisition :
with DI-610x Reclosing DI IOMx - IN D06/D07
Reclosing DI IOMx - IN D10/D11
:
Reclosing DI IOMx - IN D16/D17
Switching operation running DI IOMx - IN D00/D01
:
Switching operation running DI IOMx - IN D06/D07
Switching operation running DI IOMx - IN D10/D11
:
Switching operation running DI IOMx - IN D16/D17
Breaker tripping DI IOMx - IN D00/D01
:
Breaker tripping DI IOMx - IN D06/D07
Breaker tripping DI IOMx - IN D10/D11
:
Breaker tripping DI IOMx - IN D16/D17
x = 07

5.1.14.2 Counting Pulse Acquisition

For the acquisition of count pulses an appropriate digital input module must be equipped, and
the DI signals to be used must be configured.

Example:

Power Monitoring
(analog to Binary Information Acquisition)

134 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Buffered Counting Pulse Acquisition


The buffered count pulse acquisition enables the acquisition of count pulses, even if the target
system is de-energized. Thereto a module TE-6430 must be equipped, and the DI signals to
be used must be configured.

Example:

5.1.14.3 Current/Voltage Acquisition

For the acquisition of currents and voltages an appropriate analog input modul must be
equipped, and the AI signals to be used must be configured.

Example:

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 135


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.14.4 Temperature Acquisition

For the acquisition of temperatures an analog input module AI-6310 must be equipped, and
the AI signals to be used must be configured.

Example:

Connection of Resistance Thermometers


The connection of the resistance thermometers can be carried out in 2-, 3- or 4-wire technolo-
gy. With the 2-wire technology a calibration process is required. If no calibration process has
been carried out, the target system records a calibration error in the diagnosis.

You find the instruction for the calibration process in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Func-
tions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Temperatures", sec-
tion "Acquisition".

Direct Measurement
In the configuration of the contacts for the module AI-6310 you can select between Tempera-
ture and Resistor.

With the resistance acquisition the preprocessing functions on the module (adaption, gradient
monitoring) are deactivated, in order to meet the process requirements concerning the re-
sponse time (for instance for the acquisition of transformer taps). The preprocessing functions
must be replicated in need in the open-/ closed-loop control function.

The direct measurement is supported for the module AI-6310 as of revision "-A".

In order to activate the direct measurement, no temperature acquisition may be parameterized


for the both values of a group:

Group 0: IOM <07> IN V0 and IOM <07> IN V1


Group 1: IOM <07> IN V2 and IOM <07> IN V3

If for a group temperature acquisition and resistance acquisition is parameterized, the acquisi-
tion happens with all preprocessing functions.

136 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.14.5 Command Output

5.1.14.5.1 Standard Commands

For the output of standard commands (OC) an appropriate digital output module must be
equipped, and the DO signals to be used must be configured.

Example:

The following data points are not available via web browser

Configuration Assignment
Single command output Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D00
1-pole :
with DO-6200 Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D07
Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D10
:
Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D17
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D07
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D10
:
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D17

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 137


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Configuration Assignment
Double command out- Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D00
put 1-pole :
with DO-6200 Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D07
Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D10
:
Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D17
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D07
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D10
:
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D17
Single command output Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D00
1-pole :
with DO-6212 Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D07
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D07
Single command output Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D00
1.5-pole :
with DO-6212 Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D06
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D06
Single command output Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D00
2-pole Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D02
with DO-6212 Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D04
Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D06
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D00
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D02
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D04
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D06
Double command out- Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D00
put 1-pole :
with DO-6212 Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D07
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D07
Double command out- Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D00
put 1.5-pole :
with DO-6212 Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D05
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D05
Double command out- Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D00
put 2-pole Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D02
with DO-6212 Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D04
Sync. in progress IOMx OUT D06
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D00
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D02
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D04
Sync. abortion IOMx OUT D06
x = 07

138 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.14.5.2 Checked Command Output

For the output of checked commands the corresponding digital output modules must be
equipped, and the DO signals to be used must be configured.

Parameters are set only on the command output relay module.

Example:

Required I/O modules:

1 command output basic module (alternatively)


DO-6220, command output with internal checks (IC1)
DO-6221, command output with resistance check (RC1)

1 bis 7 command output relay module


DO-6230, 8 relay outputs for 16 pulse commands with 1- or 1.5-pole wiring, or 8 pulse
commands with 2-pole wiring

Note
A mixed wiring (1-, 1.5- and 2-pole) on one module DO-6230 is not permissible. For varied wirings addi-
tional DO-6230 must be used.

You find further information on the checked command output in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Pulse
Commands", section "Functions Dependent on the Hardware of the System Element".

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 139


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

The following data points are not available via web browser

Configuration Assignment
Single command output Sync. in progress IOMx CA00
1-pole :
with DO-6230 Sync. in progress IOMx CA07
Sync. in progress IOMx CB00
:
Sync. in progress IOMx CB07
Sync. abortion IOMx CA00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx CA07
Sync. abortion IOMx CB00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx CB07
Single command output Sync. in progress IOMx CA00
1.5-pole :
with DO-6230 Sync. in progress IOMx CA07
Sync. in progress IOMx CB00
:
Sync. in progress IOMx CB07
Sync. abortion IOMx CA00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx CA07
Sync. abortion IOMx CB00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx CB07
Single command output Sync. in progress IOMx CA00
2-pole :
with DO-6230 Sync. in progress IOMx CA07
Sync. abortion IOMx CA00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx CA07
Double command out- Sync. in progress IOMx CA00
put 1-pole :
with DO-6230 Sync. in progress IOMx CA07
Sync. in progress IOMx CB00
:
Sync. in progress IOMx CB07
Sync. abortion IOMx CA00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx CA07
Sync. abortion IOMx CB00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx CB07
Double command out- Sync. in progress IOMx CA00
put 1.5-pole :
with DO-6230 Sync. in progress IOMx CA07
Sync. in progress IOMx CB00
:
Sync. in progress IOMx CB07
Sync. abortion IOMx CA00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx CA07
Sync. abortion IOMx CB00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx CB07

140 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Configuration Assignment
Double command out- Sync. in progress IOMx CA00
put 2-pole :
with DO-6230 Sync. in progress IOMx CA07
Sync. abortion IOMx CA00
:
Sync. abortion IOMx CA07
x = 07

5.1.14.5.3 Assignment Return Information to Pulse Command

This Function coordinates binary information and pulse commands that are acquired or output
on the I/O modules. You find the exact information thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Com-
mon Functions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Return In-
formation to Pulse Command Assignment".

Parameterizable Assignment
The assignment of an information (DI signal) to a pulse command (DO signal) is adjustable at
the command through the 5-digit address of the return information (parameters RS_CASDU1,
RS_CASDU2, RS_OA1, RS_IOA2, RS_IOA3). If the parameters are not used (respective default
value 255), the target system utilizes the fixed assignment.

Fixed Assignment
If the equipped sequence of I/O modules is suitable, an information is assigned automatically
to a command (refer to the SICAM EMIC System Description, chapter System Overview,
section Architecture | Peripheral Element | I/O Modules | Rules for the Return Information
to Pulse Command Assignment). Otherwise no assignment takes place.

5.1.14.6 Binary Information Output

For the output of binary information a digital output module must be equipped, and the DO
signals to be used must be configured.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 141


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

With the parameter Fail_behav you can determine the behavior of a binary information
output upon failure of the master control element. You find further information thereto in the
manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-
101/104, chapter "Binary Information Output", section "Deactivation or Retention on Failure".

5.1.14.7 Current/Voltage Output

For the output of currents or Voltages an analog output module AO-6380 must be equipped,
and the AO signals to be used must be configured.

With the parameter Fail_behav you can determine the behavior of a binary information
output upon failure of the master control element. You find further information thereto in the
manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Elements According to IEC 60870-5-
101/104, chapter "Binary Information Output", section "Deactivation or Retention on Failure".

5.1.15 Commissioning and Test

For commissioning and test of the set parameters the following functions are available:

Save engineering data


Load engineering data
Initiate startup
Test functions
Diagnosis (for information thereto refer to section 6.3.3, Web Browser)

142 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.15.1 Saving Engineering Data

The entire engineering data stored in a target system can be saved on the engineering PC
(backup). In that are contained

Telecontrol parameters
Instruction list (if present)
Firmware codes

Select thereto the menu Upload/Download .

With the function BACKUP DOWNLOAD (SICAM EMIC PC) you can transfer the engineering
data from the target system into a file (download).

Under BACKUP DOWNLOAD click on the button Start .


The target system starts now with the generation of the backup file. The progress is thereby
displayed by the web server. This procedure can take a few minutes.

Note
During the generation procedure the menu Upload/Download must not be left. The selection of another
webpage may lead to the occurrence of undefined states.

As soon as the generation is completed, a Hyperlink to the backup file appears. Click on it
with the right mouse button and select Save target as .

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 143


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

The preset file name results from the values of the AU configuration (can be renamed):
<Customer>_<Plant>_<Station>.emc. The file type .emc must be kept.

After confirmation with Save the backup file is transferred from the target system to the
selected target path.

Note
The file saved via the web browser can not be imported into the SICAM TOOLBOX II .

5.1.15.2 Loading Engineering Data

Engineering data stored in a file (backup) can be loaded from a data medium into a target sys-
tem (upload). The file must have been created previously with the function BACKUP DOWNLOAD
of any system SICAM EMIC.

With upload all telecontrol parameters, instruction list and firmware codes are stored jointly on
the SD card in the master control element.

144 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Select thereto the menu Upload/Download .


With the function BACKUP UPLOAD (PC SICAM EMIC) you can transfer the engineering data
from a file into the target system (upload).

Click on the button Browse for the selection of the source path and the source file.
The source file type must be .emc.

After the selection click on the button Open to apply the source file.
After that click on the button Start to load the parameters.

The file is now checked upon validity. If the data is valid, it is written on the SD card of the tar-
get system. Otherwise, an error information is displayed.

Note
During the generation procedure the menu Upload/Download must not be left. The selection of another
webpage may lead to the occurrence of undefined states.

Note
Backup files from the SICAM TOOLBOX II can not be integrated via the web browser.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 145


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.15.2.1 Loading Engineering Data Offline

For the duplication of an already existing parameterization, you can write the data also without
target system (offline) on a SD card with the program WEBemic .

Thereto a backup file created with the function BACKUP DOWNLOAD via the web browser must
exist (file type .emc). Further you need a SD card reader/writer connected on the engineering
PC, a corresponding driver installed on the PC (if needed), as well as a suitable SD card.

Insert the SD card into the SD card reader/writer.


Start the program WEBemic per double click.

The WEBemic splash screen is opened, and the WEBemic symbol appears in the notification
area of the taskbar.

Click OK to close the splash screen.


Click now with the right mouse button on the WEBemic symbol.

The context menu of WEBemic is opened.

Change the language if needed and


open the context menu again.
After that click on Write flash card
from eMIC parameter file .

Select now the source directory and the parameter file and click on Open .

146 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Select the target drive (read/write device) and click on Select .

WEBemic generates the files with the format needed for the web server from the parameter file
and stores them on the SD card. The generation terminates with a notification.

The write procedure takes a few seconds (watch the Active-LED on the read/write device, as
far as present). When the write procedure is completed you can insert the SD card into the
(de-energized) target system. After switching on the power supply the target system performs
a startup.

After the startup you can logon to the target system via the web browser, for instance to adapt
the parameterization or to carry out test functions.

Note
With operation in a network first a valid IP address must be assigned by means of the program WEBemic.

5.1.15.3 Initiate Startup

Via the start menu you can initiate a startup of the target system at any time.

Caution
A startup has also consequences for the automation function (if used). You find more details in section
5.2.2, Commissioning and Test.

Click thereto in the start menu on the button RESET .


A confirmation prompt appears with a request for an automatic startup.
Click on the button Yes to start the reset.
Thereupon the startup page is opened.

Depending on the size of the engineering data, the startup procedure can take a few minutes.
After the completed startup you can logon again via the appropriate hyperlink.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 147


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.1.15.4 Test Functions

The following test functions are available:

Status of Inputs/outputs
Forcing of outputs

5.1.15.4.1 Status of Inputs and Outputs

With use of I/O modules the states of the configured data points (digital and anlog in-
puts/outputs) can be visualized.

The following displays are possible:

IO module type Data type Display


Digital input Single-point infor- OFF
mation ON
Double-point in- OFF
formation ON
Faulty position (ON & OFF)
Intermediate position (not ON & not
OFF& monitoring time expired)
Integrated totals <actual value>
Digital output Single-point infor- OFF
mation ON
Single command --
Double command --
Analog input Current <actual value>
Voltage <actual value>
Temperature <actual value>
Resistance <actual value>
Analog output Current <actual value>
Voltage <actual value>

Note
The data format of the display of the inputs corresponds to the setting of the respective data point on the
I/O module (C ONFIGURATION OF THE CONTACTS).

148 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Digital Input
To display a digital input select via the menu Visualization | PE-0: USIO36 | <module
name> the corresponding DI module.

Example: double-point information, single-point information

The updating does not take place continuously. To trace changes click on the button
Refresh view .

Control function

Local/remote criterion
For the use of the breaker tripping recognition with double-point information items you can
select the local/remote criterion, and click on the button Apply . The corresponding con-
trol information is sent thereupon to the peripheral element.
The local/remote criterion applies for all double-point information items on the peripheral
element. It is evaluated, if on the first equipped DI module a message address has been
assigned (CONFIGURATION OF THE CONTACTS).

You find the details thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Ele-
ments According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Double-point information", section "Break-
er Tripping Recognition".

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 149


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Example: integrated totals

The updating does not take place continuously. To trace changes click on the button
Refresh view .

Control functions

Set counter
You can set an integrated total on a defined value, if a message for set counter has been
assigned to the respective data point (CONFIGURATION THE CONTACTS).
In the current example the counter (IN D00) was set to 2 within the last both moments of
freezing.
Counter interrogation command
For the integrated total formation you can send a counter interrogation command to the
peripheral element. Thereby counter group and initiation for transmit/freeze correspond to
the identifiers FRZ and RQT in the message to the peripheral element.

You find the details thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Ele-
ments According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Integrated totals via Count Pulses", sec-
tion "Set Counter" and section "Counter Interrogation".

150 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Analog Input
To display an analog input select via the menu Visualization | PE-0: USIO36 | <module
name> the corresponding AI module.

Example: current acquisition

The updating does not take place continuously. To trace changes click on the button
Refresh view .

5.1.15.4.2 Forcing of Outputs

The status of digital and analog outputs can be changed for test purposes. Thereto messages
to the peripheral element can be passed in.

Thereby must be considered that the status of a simulated output can change automatically by

interlockings by the parameterized telecontrol function


running application program (status change by logic operation)
the communication (status change in the received message)

Warning
The manual forcing of outputs with the plant running can lead to damage to persons and machines. En-
sure that aggregates in the control area of the command output as well as those subsequent aggregates
in the process chain are protected and that persons in the vicinity are warned.

Note
Errors that the target system recognizes upon forcing outputs (for instance by means of internal interlocks,
application parameters, etc.) are registered in the diagnosis (menu History Diagnosis .

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 151


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

The following command outputs can be forced:

IO module type Data type Selection


Digital output Single-point infor- OFF
mation ON
Single command ON command output time without ident. 1)
Kurze command output time 2)
Lange command output time 2)
Double command OFF command output time without ident. 1)
ON Short command output time 2)
Long command output time 2)
Analog output Current <Setpoint value> 3)
Voltage <Setpoint value> 3)
1)
duration according to setting of the respective data point on the DO module
2)
duration according to setting on the master control element (AE common settings)
3)
format according to setting of the respective data point am AO module

Digital Outputs
To force a digital output select via the menu Visualization | PE-0: USIO36 | <module
name> the corresponding DO module.

Note
The effectiveness on the hardware outputs corresponds to the settings of the respective data point on the
DO module (CONFIGURATION OF THE CONTACTS).

Example: single-point information

By means of selection you can set a single-point information, depending on the actual status,
either to on or to off , and click on the button Apply .

Per transfer only 1 binary information can be forced.

152 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Example: single command, double command

By means of selection you can set a command to on or to off (dependent on typ), se-
lect the command output time and click on the button Apply .

Per transfer only 1 command can be forced.

Control functions

Command output time


Command output duration no additional definition means that the set-
tings of the respective data point on the I/O module (output_t_0, output_t_1) defines
the duration for the command output.
With selection short pulse duration or long pulse duration the corre-
sponding values of the AU common settings of the target system are used.
Select before execute
If the parameter select_execute_t in the settings of the respective data point on the
I/O module has been set to a time value > 0, the checkbox SEL appears.
With set check mark and button Apply you can activate the select command. You acti-
vate the execute command (without check mark), if you click the button Apply once
more within the adjusted select_execute_t .
Control location
Besides the command output time you can adjust the source address for the respective
command (entry 0255).

You find the details thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Ele-
ments According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Pulse Commands", section "Functions In-
dependent of the Hardware of the Systemelement", sections "Select and Execute Command",
"Set Control Location", "Command Output Time".

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 153


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Analog Outputs
To force an analog output select via the menu Visualization | PE-0: USIO36 | <module
name> the corresponding AO module.

Note
The data format of the outputs corresponds to the setting of the respective data point on the AO module
(CONFIGURATION OF THE CONTACTS).

Example: setpoint command via current

You can set an analog output to an arbitrary value within the type-specific value range, and
click on the button Apply .

Per transfer only 1 output can be written.

Control functions

Select before execute


If the parameter select_execute_t in the settings of the respective data point on the
I/O module has been set to a time value > 0, the checkbox SEL appears.
With set check mark and button Apply you can activate the select command. You acti-
vate the execute command (without check mark), if you click the button Apply once
more within the adjusted select_execute_t .

You find the details thereto in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions Peripheral Ele-
ments According to IEC 60870-5-101/104, chapter "Setpoint Values by means of Currents and
Voltages", section "Select and Execute Command".

5.1.15.4.3 Simulation of Module Failure

Via the menu Diagnosis and submenu ST Emulation there is an option to simulate the
failure of the up to 8 possible I/O modules (IOM) by means of a command exists for test pur-
pose.

For the performance please follow the instructions in section 4.1.9.3.3, Simulation of Module
Failure.

154 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.2 Automation

For the accomplishment of freely definable open-/closed-loop control tasks you can create op-
tionally an application program as instruction list (IL).

Overview of the Tasks

Task Meaning
Create instruction list Edit the application program
Load program code Transfer instruction list from PC to target system
Load program code offline Write instruction list from PC to SD card
Save program code Transfer instruction list from target system nach PC
Delete program code Delete instruction list in the target system
Perform startup Initialize instruction list in the target system
Diagnosis Cycle time and memory requirement
Test functions Status of inputs/outputs
Simulation of outputs

5.2.1 Creating an Instruction List (IL)

The creation of an instruction list is only possible independently from the target system. For
the programming is an ASCII-Editor (for instance Microsoft Notepad ) required.

Example

The instruction list must be stored with the file name PLC_SRC.plc.

For loading the program code into the target system please follow the instruction in section
5.2.2.1, Loading Application Program.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 155


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

You find the general specification of the programming language (IL) in the manual
SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation",
section "Restricted Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function", "Application Program", "Instruction
List".

5.2.1.1 Structure of the Instruction List

The structure of the application program consists of 3 parts (in the following sequence):

Startup (PLC_RESET)
The startup part is run through once after a startup. Here all variables can be initialized,
that are required directly after startup and before the current initial image.
Initialization (PLC_INIT)
The initialization part is run through once after a startup. Here all variables can be initial-
ized, that are required directly after the current initial image and before the execution of
the cycle part.
Cycle (PLC_START)
The cycle part is run through cyclically. Here, the open-/closed-loop control function is pro-
grammed.

Note
The system provides 1 task. The cycle time is definable by means of parameter PLC_CYCLETIME in the
IL. The value can be changed dependent on logic operation by the application program.

5.2.1.2 Syntax for Instructions

5.2.1.2.1 General

Each instruction command must be in one line. Each line must be concluded with a paragraph
break, line break or both (done automatically by the text editor).

An instruction command consists of the command (operation) and an operand.

Example:

LD M_BOOL_TEST (*command: LD operand: M_BOOL_TEST*)

Each operation produces a calculated value (result). The following operation can calculate fur-
ther with this result.

156 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.2.1.2.2 Adressing of I/O Variables

The format of an I/O variable must correspond with the respective input/output of the periph-
ery.

A command or setpoint value is assigned to an I/O variable by an ST operation and the ad-
dress of the operand. A state or value of an I/O variable is read by an LD operation and the
address of the operand.

Example for the simple syntax:

I_030_001_000_000_TEST.VALUE
0_031_005_001_000.OFF

Example for the expanded syntax:

E_045_001_001_001_002_003_TEST.VALUE or
E_045_001_001_001_002_003.VALUE

The attribute of the I/O variable must be separated by a ".". An I/O variable without attribute is
not allowed.

Note
If the same IOA is used input- and output side, the freely definable Name must be different.

5.2.1.2.3 Addressing of Flags

A flag is assigned by an ST operation and the address of the operand. The value of a flag is
written by an LD operation and the address of the operand.

The number format must be chosen according to the format of the value to be stored.

Example:

LD I_030_002_000_000.VALUE
ST M_BOOL_FLAG00

Note
At startup all flags which are not signed as "retain" are initialized with 0.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 157


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.2.1.2.4 Call of Functions

Functions have only temporary variables, therefore with each call all necessary call parame-
ters must be set. Not used call parameters do not affect the result on execution of the func-
tion.

Example: If an addition (ADD) of 3 values is performed, then the inputs IN0, IN1, IN2 are
used. The remaining inputs are automatically set to 0.

The writing of inputs of a function must always begin with IN0 and take place in ascending or-
der without gaps.

The call parameters must be interchanged with a combination of LD and ST.

The name of the call parameter is produced from the name of the function and the name of
the parameter separated by a ".".

Example:

LD 9 (*load value 9 into the accumulator*)


ST SQRT.IN0 (*store at input for square root func-
tion*)
CAL SQRT (*call function*)
ST ADD.IN0 (*store result from*)
(*square root function at input 0 for ADD
function*)
LD 17 (*load value 17 into the accumulator*)
ST ADD.IN1 (*store at input 1 for ADD function*)
CAL ADD (*call function*)
ST M_DINT_RESULT (*store result in a flag*)

The results of the respective functions are written in the accumulator. In the example the value
is also stored on the flag M_DINT_RESULT.

After the call of a function (CAL) all inputs of the respective function are set to the default val-
ues again.

Example:

LD M_DINT_COMPARE (*load flag*)


ST EQ.IN0 (*store at input 0 for equal function*)
LD 3 (*load value 3*)
ST EQ.IN1 (*store at input 1 for equal function*)
CAL EQ (*call function*)
ST O_030_008_000_000.VALUE (*if both values are equal the output of
the function is set to 1*)

If a comparison of two values is performed, the output is set if the flag M_DINT_COMPARE is
written with 3 (the writing of the flag is not included here).

158 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.2.1.2.5 Call of Function Blocks

Function blocks do not have any temporary variables. Each new (derived) function block oc-
cupies a new memory in the RAM.

Respectively the first result of the function block is written in the accumulator. If a function
block has more than one result, then this can be accessed as with the parameter transfer.

Example:

LD 1
ST CTU_TEST.CU
ST CTU_TEST.R
LD 5
ST CTU_TEST.PV
CAL CTU_TEST
LD CTU_TEST.CV (*access to 2nd result*)

5.2.1.3 Instruction Comments

Comments in the application program can be set at any arbitrary place and must be included
between brackets and stars. The documentation can also extend over several lines.

Example:

LD 15 (*load constant 15*)


ST M_DINT_KONSTANTE (*store in flag*)

5.2.1.4 Settings in the Application Program

With help of system variables the following parameters can be set for the program execution:

Cycle time
Spontaneous program execution
Data flow control

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 159


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.2.1.4.1 Setting the Cycle Time

The cycle time determines the time interval for the execution of the application program. The
shorter the set interval is the smaller must be the application program, otherwise a timeout
happens. A cycle time of for instance 2 ms is only possible for a very small application pro-
gram.

The cycle time can be specified in the IL with the variable PLC_CYCLETIME:

In the program part PLC_RESET


Time-scale is set one time with a startup.
In the program part PLC_START
Time-scale is set during running operation and can be changed by means of the applica-
tion program.

Example:

PLC_RESET:
LD 20
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*set cycle time 20 ms*)

If the cycle time is set to the value 0, no cyclic program execution takes place.

Under certain circumstances the cycle time can be changed independently by the system:

If no cycle time is set, it is set to 100 ms (default)


Extended due to timeout
Retriggering due to spontaneous program execution

Affecting the Processing Time


The processing time is the duration of a complete program run. It is primarily determined by
the size of the application program (number of operations).

Note
Consider that the processing time of the application program may be inconstant.

The processing time can be extended due to:

Number of communication connections (to further automation units, control system)


Number of I/O modules on the TM-Bus
Conditional program calls
Diagnosis and error handling
Test- and commissioning functions such as status and simulation of inputs/outputs
Saving the application program (download)
Change of parameters online

The processing time of the application program is displayed on the user interface (online)
under PLC | Diagnosis .

160 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Timeout
The processing time must not be greater than the cycle time. If the maximum processing time
successively exceeds 50% of the set cycle time five times, then the cycle time is increased by
50% independently by the system. Simultaneously an error information is set.

5.2.1.4.2 Spontaneous Program Execution

For faster reaction times, the application program can be executed spontaneous (event-
controlled). This must be defined in the startup part of the IL (PLC_RESET).

Possible events are:

Status change of a data point from the periphery


Status change of a data point from the communication

The spontaneous program execution is enabled in the IL by setting the variable PLC_SINGLE
to 1 (single run).

Example:

PLC_RESET:
LD 1
ST PLC_SINGLE (*set single run*)

With a spontaneous program execution the entire application program is processed one time.
If an event occurs, the spontaneous program execution is first started after the current pro-
gram execution has completed (the application program cannot interrupt itself). The reaction
time can therefore be delayed accordingly.

If several events occur at the same time or one after the other just when the application pro-
gram is running, then the states are temporarily stored in a ring and processed chronologically
with the next spontaneous program execution. The same is also valid if a data point changes
its state several times (transient storage).

Example:

Event occurs during a cyclic program execution (S1).


Event occurs during a pause (S2).

C C S1 C S2 C

t
tD
tP tP tP tP tP tP
tC tC tC tC

C cycling processing tP processing time


S spontaneous processing tD delay time
tC cycle time

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 161


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

At the end of each spontaneous pass the cyclic pass is retriggered around the set cycle time.
In this case no exceeding of the cycle time is signaled.

As long as the events occur in a time-scale that is smaller than the cycle time, only spontane-
ous program passes take place. If the cycle time is set to 0 and the spontaneous program ex-
ecution to 1, then only spontaneous program passes take place.

You find further details in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic
System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Restricted Open-/Closed-Loop Control
Function", "Internal Signal Processing".

5.2.1.4.3 Data Flow Control

With the variable PLC_TX_DATAFLOW_xxx (xxx = typ identifier) in the IL it can be deter-
mined, how the input signals from the periphery are to be forwarded. The parameter setting is
carried out seperately for each type identification and must be programmed in the startup part
of the IL (PLC_RESET):

Send inputs to the control (PLC_TX_DATAFLOW_xxx = 0).


This applies to signals that are to be logically linked further, but are not forwarded to either
the central station or to the control system.
Send inputs to the control and to the communication (PLC_TX_DATAFLOW_xxx = 1).
This applies to signals that on the one hand are logically linked further, but on the other
hand are to be provided directly for the central station or for the control system.
1)

Control
Periphery Communication
routing implicit Code
via the address
2)

1)
Data from the communication is sent either direct to the periphery or to the control.
2)
Data from the periphery is sent either direct to the communication or to the control.
By means of a system variable the data flow can be directed in such a way, that data from the periphery
is sent directly to the communication as well as to the control.

Example:

PLC_RESET:
LD 1
ST PLC_TX_DATAFLOW_030 (*all single-point information is sent
parallel to the communication AND to the control*)

You find further details in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and Basic
System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Restricted Open-/Closed-Loop Control
Function", "Internal Signal Processing".

162 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.2.1.5 System Information

By means of system variables the following information items can be evaluated in the control
logic:

System time
Processing time
Timeout (yes/no)
Number of program runs
System Errors

You find a description of the system variables in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions
System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Restricted Open-/Closed-
Loop Control Function" |"Instruction List" |"Variables" |"System Variables".

Note
The system information is displayed also in the menu SPS | Diagnosis .

5.2.1.6 Command Processing According to IEC 60870-5-101/104

If a command (Activation, ACT) is generated by the controller and output on a peripheral ele-
ment, then the messages for command acknowledgement (ACTCON) and command termina-
tion (ACTTERM) are generated with the corresponding output address of the control.

If the output address of the control is the same as the input address, then both messages are
automatically transmitted again to the control.

If an ACT remains in the control (target = control, no periphery), then an ACTCON, ACTTERM
that is to be possibly simulated can be generated in 1 cycle pass. For this the cause of trans-
mission for the command must be set to 0 and the spontaneous bit to 1. Then one ACTCON
and one ACTTERM respectively will be transmitted.

Example:

LD 0
ST 0_045_001_001_001.COT
LD 1
ST 0_045_001_001_001.S

If this function is not used, the ACTCON and ACTTERM can also be generated individually (for
this at least 2 cycle passes are required).

Note
The corresponding typ identification can be generated by means of Verwendung of utilization of the com-
mand "with/without time" (for instance TI 45/TI 58).

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 163


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Single Command and Double Command


Single commands (TI 45) can be generated by the IL only with the states

0 (OFF) only with COT = 7, 10 (CON, TERM) and S = 1


1 (ON)

Double commands (TI 46) can be generated by the IL only with the states

01 (OFF)
10 (ON)

Other states will not generate a command output.

You find the details for the processing of commands in the manual SICAM RTUs Common
Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Treatment for
Commands to the Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function according to IEC 60870-5-101/104".

5.2.1.7 Generation of Integrated Totals

There are two possibilities of integrated total generation in the control:

Spontaneous transmission with change


Automatically if the input address is unequal to the output address of the controller.
Behavior according to parameter setting of the digital inputs (remote control)
Automatically if the input address is equal to the output address of the controller.

5.2.1.8 Periodical Datapoints

Via predefined system variables datapoints can be forwarded in the IL periodically to the pe-
ripheral element. This applies only for that datapoints, which are not to be activated by means
of an expert parameter (receive format).

Example - possible:

DI_DI (periodical acquisition of a double-point information in the IL)


PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42500_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_IOM0_IN_D00_D01
[.OFF/.ON]

Example - not possible:

DO_SI (periodical information output in the IL)


PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92128_BINARY_INFORMATION_OUTPUT_IOM0_OUT_D00

An overview of the system errors resides in the Appendix A.2, Data Points of the Peripheral
Element.

Example:

PLC_START:
LD E_030_001_003_001_000_020.VALUE (*load information*)
ST PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00541_START_ADJUSTMENT_AI (*adjustment of the
measuring bridge
with AI-6310*)

164 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.2.1.9 Read System Errors

With the system variable PLC_SYSERROR_xxx (xxx = error number) system errors can be read
and linked forward in the IL. An overview of the system errors resides in section C.1, System
Errors in the Diagnosis.

Example:

PLC_START:
LD PLC_SYSERROR_005 (*sum error warning if Bit="1"*)
ST M_BOOL_ERROR005 (*store in a flag*)

5.2.2 Commissioning and Test

For commissioning and test of the application program the following functions are available:

Load application program


Save application program
Delete application program
Diagnosis

5.2.2.1 Loading Application Program

For the execution of the open-/closed-loop control function the corresponding application pro-
gram must be on the SD card of the target system.

To load an application program from the engineering PC into the target system (upload) click
on the menu PLC | configuration .

Click on the button Browse for the selection of the source path and the source file.
The source file must contain the program code in ASCII format, the file type must be .plc.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 165


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Select the application program file and accept with Open .

After that click on the button Upload .


A confirmation prompt appears with a request for an automatic startup.
Click on the button Yes to start the file transfer.
Thereupon the application program is loaded on the SD card of the target system.

Note
During the generation procedure the menu PLC | Configuration must not be left. The selection of an-
other webpage may lead to the occurrence of undefined states.

After the loading the target system performs a startup. The startup page is opened.

After the loading of the application program the target system performs a startup. Thereby the
newly loaded program code is compiled and written in the flash PROM on the master control
element. An already present application program is thereby overwritten.

If the compiler detects no error, the application program will be processed.

166 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

If the compiler detects a syntax error (violation of the language conventions), the program ex-
ecution is stopped and the error PLC syntax error PLC shut down is recorded in the
diagnosis. On the master control element the red ER LED is lightning. The error details are
displayed in the menu PLC | Diagnosis .

Note
The greater the application program is, the longer take loading process and startup.

5.2.2.1.1 Loading Application Programm Offline

Alternatively you can write the application program offline from a text file on the PC onto the
SD card. The file name must be in this case PLC_SRC.plc.

The SD card must be inserted in a read/write device installed on the engineering PC. Target
on the SD card is the root directory.

If in addition the firmware of the master control element (CPC30) is on the SD card, you can
insert this afterwards into the (de-energized) target system. After switching on the power sup-
ply the target system performs a startup, during that the application program code is compiled.
After the startup the application program is active.

5.2.2.2 Saving Application Program

You can save the application program from target system on the engineering PC (download)
via the menu PLC | configuration .

Click with the right mouse button on the hyperlink download plc code (right click, save target
as) to open the selection of the target path.

The preset file name results from the values of the AU configuration:
<Customer>_<Plant>_<Station>.plc. The file can be renamed, the preset file type .emc must be
kept.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 167


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

Click afterwards on the button Save to write the file.

The target is a text file that contains the program code in ASCII format. The file can be read or
changed with a text editor (for instance Microsoft Notepad ).

168 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.2.2.3 Delete Application Program

You can delete the application program from the target system via the menu PLC |
configuration .

Click on the button PLC erase .


A confirmation prompt appears with a request for an automatic startup.
Click on the button OK to start the delete procedure.

Thereupon the application program is deleted and the startup page is opened.
Afterwards the target system performs a startup. The parameters of the telecontrol function
remain unaffected thereof.

After the performed startup of the target system you can logon again via the appropriate hy-
perlink.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 169


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Engineering via Web Browser

5.2.2.4 Diagnosis of the Application Program

Click on the menu PLC | Diagnosis to open the diagnosis information for the application
program. Here the program processing times, memory utilization, and compiler errors are dis-
played.

Display

Information Meaning
Program running Normal program execution
Program haltet at Program execution halted, indication of the program line, where the ap-
<line> plication program is halted (the processing can be halted either manually
or by the system due to an error)
Cycle time Actual cycle time
Increasement of the adjusted cycle time by the system possible (see
section 5.2.1.4.1, Setting the Cycle Time)
Actual processing time Processing time of the application program at the moment of the re-
freshment of the diagnosis menu
Maximum processing Maximum reached program processing time since the last startup
time
Single run Spontaneous program execution programmed (0 = no, 1 = yes)
<Number> bytes of Used program memory on the SD card (application program size)
131072 bytes Code used
<Number> bytes of 4096 Used program memory of the RAM (flags and parameters of function
bytes RAM used blocks)
<Number> bytes of 256 Used program memory of the NV RAM (memory for non-volatile flags)
Bytes retain RAM used
Errors upon Compiling
<max. 5 errors> Display of the program errors occurred during the compiling
Syntax, logic, addressirng wrong
Exceeding of the limits for program size, cycle time, memory cells

170 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
6 Service

Contents

6.1 Operation and Display Elements................................................................... 172


6.2 Checks and System Display ......................................................................... 175
6.3 Diagnosis ..................................................................................................... 179
6.4 Maintenance of the Hardware ....................................................................... 193
6.5 Firmware Update .......................................................................................... 197
6.6 Remote Maintenance ................................................................................... 201

This chapter describes the internal checks and displays of the system SICAM EMIC, which di-
agnosis options are available, what is to be considered with the exchange of modules, and
how functional updates can be loaded into the system.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 171


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.1 Operation and Display Elements

Meaning of the Lighted Display

Symbol Status
lightning
dark
flickering (data transfer)
flash pulse regularly
V flash pulse irregularly

6.1.1 Master Control Element

LEDs on the front panel show different states that are determined by the utilized firmwares.
The placement of the LEDs comprises

System display
Display of the system states
Communication display
Display of the protocol element states

System Display

Name Color Function LED Meaning


RY yellow ready Module ready
Loading of parameters into the Flash PROM
Loading of firmware into the Flash PROM
Module not ready or startup
startup
Programming of the firmware
ER red error Sum error (internal error, external error, warn-
ing, module failure, failure; inclusive peripheral
element)
Startup
No error

172 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

Communication Display

Name Color Function LED Meaning


LNK1 yellow link & activity X1 Physical connection to the hub is existing (Ether-
net)
Startup
OH2 yellow off hook X2 V Sending message
Connection with minimum one physical partner set
up (dial-up traffic)
Startup
OH3 yellow off hook X3 V Sending message
Connection with minimum one physical partner set
up (dial-up traffic)
Startup
RTX1 yellow receive/transmit Sending or receiving message
data X1
Startup
RTX2 yellow receive/transmit Sending or receiving message
data X2
Startup
RTX3 yellow receive/transmit Sending or receiving message
data X3
Startup

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 173


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.1.2 I/O Modules

LEDs on the front panel show different states that are determined by the utilized I/O modules.
The placement of the LEDs comprises

System display
Display of the module states
Statusanzeige
Display of the I/Os states

System Display

Name Farbe Function LED Bedeutung


RY yellow ready Module ready
Module not ready or startup

Status Display

Name Farbe Function LED Bedeutung


D00- yellow IN D00D07 I/O activated
D07 OUT D00D07
I/O not activated
D10- yellow IN D10D17 I/O activated
D17 1) OUT D10D17
I/O not activated
C00 yellow IN C00C01 Input activated
C01 2)
Input not activated
GRA yellow Group Relay A Group relay activated
GRB 3) Group Relay B
Group relay not activated
OR0 yellow OUT OA00OA01 Output activated
OR1 3) OUT OB00OB01
Output not activated
C00- yellow OUT CA00CA07 Output activated
C07 4) OUT CB00CB07
Output not activated
1)
dependent on the respective module
2)
only on TE-6430
3)
only on DO-6220/-6221
4)
only on DO-6230

174 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.2 Checks and System Display

The single system elements carry out checks of the hardware and software. If an error is de-
tected, this leads

to a signaling on the LED display


dependent of the severeness of the error possibly
to an abort of the startup
in operation to a shutdown of the modules or firmware

After an errorless startup of a system element further checks are carried out.

6.2.1 Checks during Startup

Startup (step) RY ER Error/reaction


Power-up or reset Start startup
Module defective
Massive error in the program memory
Check of the code memory (flash PROM error (code)
PROM) module is shut down
startup is aborted
Check of the data memory (RAM) with RAM error (data)
address error check module is shut down
startup is aborted
Check whether SD card is present SD card not present
Check of the checksum of all parame- Checksum error on the SD card
ter files and firmware files on the SD Diagnosis information is set
card
Check whether all parameters on the Parameter files incomplete
SD card are present Firmware is shut down
Startup is aborted
Check whether all firmware files on the Firmware code incomplete
SD card are present
Check whether the firmware code of If not, Load firmware code at a later time
the subordinate system elements (pro-
tocol elements, peripheral element) is
current
Revision check of the parameters in If the parameters are not current, they are
the parameter memory loaded from the SD card
Check parameter memory (flash- Checksum error of the parameters
PROM) Firmware is shut down
startup is aborted
Initiate the startup of the subordinate
system elements
Check for accordance of the parame- Configuration error
terized HW configuration with the me- the wrongly configured or defective
chanical configuration (I/O modules) module is not operational
successional modules are not opera-
tional

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 175


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

Startup (step) RY ER Error/reaction


Check of the configuration for pulse Configuration error
command output Pulse command output is locked for all
modules
Loading the parameters to the subordi- Too little memory on the protocol element
nate system elements or peripheral element
Firmware on the protocol element or
peripheral element is shut down
Check of the parameter contents Parameter error
Startup completed (OK)
Startup completed (Fehler)

Error (startup aborted) RY ER Note


Module defective Replace system element
PROM error (code) Replace system element
RAM error (data) Replace system element
Parameter files incomplete Read diagnosis
Initialize automation unit
Checksum error of the parameters Read diagnosis
Initialize automation unit
Parameter error Read diagnosis

Error (startup continued) RY ER Note


No SD card present Read diagnosis
Insert SD card
Initialize automation unit
Firmware code incomplete Read diagnosis
Lod firmware newly
Configuration error Read diagnosis
Too little memory on the protocol ele- Read diagnosis
ment or peripheral element
Parameter error Read diagnosis (depending on type of er-
ror)

Note
Firmware shut down means that all functions with exception of those, which are necessary for the com-
munication with the engineering tool (via direct connection), are stopped. In this state the watchdog of the
module terminates, and all outputs are terminated.
By means of the lighted display this state can not be identified clearly. This state can be finished by means
of power-on or startup via the engineering tool.
Module shut down means that all activities of the hardware and firmware are stopped. In this state the
watchdog of the module terminates and all outputs are terminated.
By means of the lighted display this state can not be identified clearly. This state can be finished by means
of power-on.

176 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.2.2 Checks after Startup

Cyclic operation RY ER Error/reaction


Check of the communication connec- Communication error
tions Communication failure
Communication fault
Communication connections set up
(OK)
Function check of the I/O modules over I/O module error
the TM bus Periodical information for the open-/
closed-loop control function
Diagnosis information
I/O modules operational (OK)

Error RY ER Note
Communication failure Diagnosis
Check communication lines
Check remote station
Communication error Diagnosis
I/O module error *)
Diagnosis
Replace i/o module
*)
additionally the RY-LED goes out on the relevant and on all successional I/O modules

Load firmware code RY ER Error/reaction


System element is shut down and the
firmware code is loaded from the SD
card
Initiate startup of the master control
element for new loaded system ele-
ments (protocol element, peripheral
element)
startup completed (OK)
startup completed (error)

I/O Module Error


Maximum time from the failure of an I/O module to the indication:

I/O module Time I/O module Time


DI-6100 40 ms DO-6200 100 ms
DI-6101 DO-6212
DI-6102
DI-6103
DI-6104
AI-6300 40 ms DO-6220 40 ms
AI-6307 DO-6221
AI-6308 DO-6230
AI-6310 400 ms AO-6380 100 ms
TE-6430 400 ms

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 177


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.2.3 Behavior of the I/Os upon Startup and Communication Failure

The periodical information items for the open-/closed-loop control function are initialized with
the value 0 and a status "faulty" dependent on the I/O module.

After startup of the peripheral element all periodical information items from faultless inputs are
written with the current preprocessed value, and the corresponding status "faulty" is reset.

The behavior of binary information outputs upon communication failure is dependent on the
I/O module and its settings (parameter Fail_behav).

Selection for modules that support binary information output:

terminate
keep

Selection for analog output modules

keep
substitute value

Event Description Action


Power-on Return of the supply With power-on always the substitution value is output.
voltage after failure Since still no setpoint value has been received, the
parameterized substitution value is calculated and
transferred as ACT value (active) into the process im-
age.
Startup Startup possible via With a remote startup the value is reset to the last val-
Remote command ue, independent of the parameterization. If a value
Operation never has been received, the substitution value is
output.
Cmmunication fail- Substitution value is output always
ure master control
unit
Failure master con- Substitution value is output by the peripheral element
trol unit

178 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.3 Diagnosis

6.3.1 Distinction of the Error Types

The following listing explains the different error types and how errors are recorded.

System errors
Supervision of the system, communication, time synchronization by the firmware of the
configured system elements
Logging in the online diagnosis
Activation of the red Error LED on the master control element
Parameterization errors (telecontrol function)
Supervision by the engineering tool
Specific conventions or plausibility checks
Indication upon entry or prevention of the transfer
Supervision online by the firmwares of the configured system elements
Logging in the online diagnosis
Activation of the red Error LED on the master control element
Program errors (open-/closed-loop control function)
Supervision by CAEx plus (engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II)
Specific conventions or plausibility checks
Indication upon entry or prevention of the transfer
Supervision by the CAEx plus compiler (engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II)
Logging in the "Error state viewer"
Supervision by the ASCII compiler during startup (engineering via web browser)
Logging in the PLC diagnosis
Supervision online by the firmware of the master control element
Logging in the online diagnosis
Operator errors
Are largely excluded due to plausibility checks or queries by the engineering tool (addi-
tional hints for the engineering via web browser see section C.2, Operation Errors).

Note
Naturally, all operator inputs, such as for example the loading of parameters or the online testing, are sub-
ject to the responsibility of the user.
Profound knowledge of the automation technique in general, as well as the documents mentioned in the
Preface is presumed.

Errors that are recorded in the online diagnosis are devided in diagnosis classes and contain
further indications about the possible error cause, as well as hints for the error elimination
(cause, remedy).

You find the meaning of the diagnosis classes in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Func-
tions System and Basic System Elements, chapter System Services, section Diagnostic and
Signaling.

You find the error indications recorded in the diagnosis in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online
Help, chapter "Parameter Documentation and Diagnosis Info", section "Diagnosis Infor-
mation", under the respective firmware.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 179


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.3.2 SICAM TOOLBOX II

6.3.2.1 Connection Possibilities for the Service

The access from the engineering PC to SICAM EMIC is possible as follows:

directly
remotely via more SICAM RTUs automation units
via Ethernet

Direct Connection

180 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

Remote Connection

Connection via Ethernet

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 181


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.3.2.2 System Diagnosis

With the tool "Diagnostic", system states and errors can displayed in plain text and printed in
need.

network overview
diagnostic

AU overview diagnostic
system total network or AU single diagnostic
diagnostic selection AU
diagnostic history diagnostic

display event and


fault log

time display

memory check

data processing capacity


system
selection AU
performance control runtime
service
bus runtime
function
online
stop

startup

The following functions are available:

Acknowledge network
With the function Acknowledge network, the signals of all automation units located in
the network are reset, insofar as they are no longer present.
Network overview diagnostic
The error messages of all automation units in the network are output in a report window
with the function Network overview diagnostic (sum information).
AU overview diagnostic
The error messages of all automation units in the network are output in a report window
with the function AU overview diagnostic (sum information for each system element
able to report).
History
The history of error messages is output in a report window with the function History
Diagnostic.
Automatic diagnostic
An overview of the error messages of all automation units in a network as well as their sys-
tem elements is output in a report window with the function Automatic diagnostic. The
outputs are structured hierarchically in
Network overview diagnostic
AU overview diagnostic
AU single diagnostic
History (if preset)

182 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

Automatic Diagnosis (Example)

Errors that are recorded in the diagnosis table contain details about the possible error cause,
as well as indications for the error solution (cause, solution).

The indication in the diagnosis table distinguishes the following classes:

A...failure
Signals that an automation unit is no longer available
B...module failure
Signals that the internal communication with a module is no longer possible
I...internal error
Error that is unambigously allocatable to the respective module in hardware or firmware
(e.g. checksum error in the parameter memory)
E...external error
Is detected by means of supervision of sensors and actuators (e.g. live zero, outage mi-
nute pulse longer than tolerable)
K...communication
Is detected due to the supervision of the communication connection
W...warning
Signals that the system features restricted functionality or availability (z.B. outage of mi-
nute pulse, but quartz accuracy still sufficient)

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 183


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

F...freely configurable application error


User-related summation of diagnosis information items
T...test
Signals that a function for test purposes has been affected specificly (e.g. block of input in-
formation items in the function diagram)
H startup

You find further details on the diagnosis functions in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter "Diagnosis".

You find the technical description of the diagnosis functions in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section
"Diagnosis".

6.3.2.3 System Performance

Information on the system performance of a selected automation unit can be interrogated with
the tool "Maintenance Function Online":

Display equipped system elements


Read serial numbers
Display/delete data flow routing
Shut down selected system elements
Shut down selected automation unit
Startup selected system elements
Startup automation unit
Display time
Memory check
Data processing capacity
Control- and bus runtime

You find further details on the maintenance functions in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter "Maintenance Function Online".

6.3.2.4 Diagnosis of the Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function

With the tool "CAEx plus" the following status information can be displayed for each task with
the function ONLINE Test :

Parameterized cycle time


Current runtime
Minimum/maximum runtime
Number of runtime time-outs
Bus runtime

You find further information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System and
Basic System Elements, chapter "Automation", section "Open-/Closed-loop Control Function",
section "Display Status Information".

184 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

Errors that can occur with the creation of the function diagram (for example the linking of a bi-
nary signal to an analog input of a function) are displayed in a separate report window ("POU
error check"):

Automatic upon incorrect input


Manually with the function Early error detection (pop-up menu in the function diagram)

All editing errors can be displayed at any time.

You find the exact details in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Editors", section "FBD Edi-
tor", section "Operation in FBD Editor".

Errors with Engineering


Errors that can occur with engineering are displayed centrally in the "Error-state viewer" of
"CAEx plus". It essentially concerns thereby

Indications of the installation


Indications of the export/import
Indications of the project management
Indications of the FBD editor
Indications of the code generation
Object-related indications
Indications of the object assistant
Indications of the typical import
Indications of the signal list
Indications of hardware signal data bases

The indications are created after the initiation of a function (for instance "code generation").

You find the exact details in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Additional Products", section
"Error-State Viewer".

Errors with the Target System Connection


Errors that can occur with the target system connection are displayed centrally in the "Error-
state viewer" of "CAEx plus". It concerns thereby notifications

of the target system connection


of the code generator
of the control panel
of the online applications
of the "Open Operating System"
of the target-system integration in the project management
of the "openPLC"

You find the exact details in the CAEx plus Online Help, chapter "Target-System Connection",
section "Program Messages for Target-System Connection".

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 185


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.3.3 Web Browser

6.3.3.1 Connection Possibilities for the Service

The access from the engineering PC to SICAM EMIC is possible as follows:

directly
via Ethernet

Direct Connection

186 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

Connection via Ethernet

6.3.3.2 System Diagnosis

The automatic diagnosis system recognizes ocurring errors and generates corresponding in-
dications.

These indications are recorded in different tables:

Diagnosis Overview
History Diagnosis
Diagnosis of the time

The recorded indications are differentiated in:

Errors with the hardware (modules and wiring)


Errors with the communication
Errors with the parameter setting
Errors with the application program

Note
Error indications may contain additional statements about the possible error cause and notes for the error
removal (as far as technically realizable).

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 187


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.3.3.2.1 Diagnosis Overview

The diagnosis overview shows the actual error state of the target system an. The display
takes place in plain text, sorted for each configured system element, and divided in error clas-
ses (example: internal error, communication error).

Before a diagnosis you should Acknowledge the recorded items, in order that only currently
present errors are displayed.

Via the menu Diagnosis | Overview you get to the error state.

188 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

Display
An error display exists, if unacknowledged or statically active errors are present.

Example 1: parameter error with protocol UMPMT0

Example 2: failure of an I/O module

Example 3: exchange of an initially equipped I/O modules by another type

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 189


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

Acknowledge Errors
The recorded items in the error table can be deleted with the button Clear and following
confirmation with OK . Thereupon the indication errors cleared appears in the cur-
rently present window.

The acknowledgement does not affect the error record in the diagnosis history.

The currently active errors can be displayed again with the button Reload .

6.3.3.2.2 History Diagnosis

The diagnosis history shows the chronological sequence of all coming and going errors of the
target system. The display takes place in plain text in chronological order (resolution 1 ms).

Up to 100 indications can be recorded. If the error table is full, no new indications can be rec-
orded. Only if you Acknowledge the error table, new errors can be recorded again.

Upon a diagnosis you should evaluate the error table at first, before you acknowledge (and
thereby delete) the error record.

Via the menu Diagnosis | History Diagnosis you get to the error history.

190 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

Note
The error list is deleted, if the power supply of SICAM EMIC is interrupted for minimum 10 s.

Display
An error display exists, if unacknowledged or statically active errors are present.

Example: failure of a configured I/O module

Acknowledge Errors
The recorded items in the error table can be deleted with the button Clear and following
confirmation with OK . Thereupon the indication errors cleared appears in the cur-
rently present window.

The acknowledgement does not affect the error record in the diagnosis overview.

Newly recorded errors can be displayed again with the button Reload .

6.3.3.2.3 Diagnosis of the Time

Via the menu Diagnosis | time you get to the time diagnosis. Here the time state is dis-
played.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 191


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

Display
The time state indicates whether the time is set and valid.

With communication via Ethernet and time synchronization via NTP server, additionally the
status of the NTP servers appears. The settings for that reside in the menu Parameter |
CPC30 | Network settings | NTP time synchronization client .

Local Setting of the Time


Via the function LOCAL TIMESET you can adjust the date and time of the target system manually.
You find more information thereto in section 5.1.7.3, Local Setting of the Time).

6.3.3.3 Diagnosis of the Open-/Closed-Loop Control Function

For the supervision of the open-/closed-loop control function several diagnosis functions are
available.

The corresponding supervision routines are performed automatically, no user settings are re-
quired therefore.

Syntax errors in the application program are after the loading into the target system recog-
nized by a compiler and displayed in the menu SPS | Diagnosis . You find further infor-
mation in section 5.2.2.4, Diagnosis of the Application Program.

Errors due to the logic operations or by means of external influence are displayed in the menu
History | Diagnosis .

192 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.4 Maintenance of the Hardware

6.4.1 Recognition of Hardware Errors

6.4.1.1 Modules

With startup and during the operation SICAM EMIC supervises the equipped hardware. A
faulty or failed system element is notified as follows:

ER-LED on the master control element


Online diagnosis

If a hardware error is present, a replacement of the respective system element by the same
type is required. If the relevant type is no longer available, then the appropriate successor
product is to be used.

If for a successor product another firmware is required, the corresponding system element
must be parameterized anew after the loading of the firmware.

6.4.1.2 SD Card

SICAM EMIC accesses with each startup the SD card and checks it. The following cases lead
to errors with the SD card:

SD card not available


SD card defective
wrong type of SD card
SD card empty
SD card not formatted
checksum error with firmware codes
checksum error with parameter files

Possible causes for a checksum error are power failure or write error during a loading pro-
cesses on the SD card.

Upon startup with erroneous SD card the supplementary system elements are not started,
hence for instance no remote communication is possible.

SICAM EMIC accesses also during operation the SD card due to operator control actions or
loading processes. If the SD card is detached during operation from a target system, this noti-
fies an error in the diagnosis and activates the ER LED.

With missing SD card loading processes are blocked. With engineering via web browser the
access is completely blocked. The target system performs an automatic logoff and notifies an
error. The logon is only possible again with inserted SD card.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 193


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.4.2 Guideline for the Replacement of Modules

The connection of the process signals takes place on the I/O modules by means of
withdrawable screw terminals. Since these screw terminals carry the wiring, you do not need
to loosen any wires upon module exchange. The screw terminals are packed with each
I/O module.

The replacement of a module is achievable without a special tool:

detach the terminals from the corresponding module (simplified by the pull-off aid
TC6-200)
detach the corresponding module from the DIN rail
when replacing the master control module, you can eject the SD card with the help of a
ball-point pen or a pencil, and insert it easily in the new master control module (the appli-
cation data is stored non-volatile on the SD card)
put the new module in place of the withdrawn module on the DIN rail, and pay attention to
the correct connection with the other modules

Warning
For modules that operate with voltages >60 V (e.g. DO-6212, DI-6101) care must be taken that manipula-
tion on the peripheral connectors may only be carried out in a de-energized state.
The reason for this is that when withdrawing the upper peripheral connector under voltage, the external
voltage can be conducted through the lower peripheral connector still connected. The pins of the upper
peripheral connector now freely accessible will now conduct the external voltage.

Warning
The connecting and withdrawal of modules is only permitted in a de-energized state. This state is
achieved by interrupting the power supply to the power supply unit and to the peripherals.

You find detailed hints for the installation of modules in section 1.3.3, Installation and Removal
of Modules.

You find further technical information on module replacement in the manual SICAM RTUs
Common Functions System and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section
"Data Storage on Flash Card".

194 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.4.2.1 Master Control Module

When replacing the master control module the SD card can be ejected and inserted in the
new master control module. The engineering data (parameters and application program)
stored on the SD card is applied automatically.

After a module replacement you must carry out a startup of the target system.

6.4.2.2 I/O Modules

When replacing an I/O module by the same type, there is no anew parameterization required.
The parameters already stored on the SD card are automatically applied on the new module.

When replacing an I/O module by a another type, an anew parameterization of the related
functionality is required.

After the replacement of an I/O module, this is only operational after a startup of the master
control element.

6.4.3 Removing or Changing I/O Modules

If an I/O module has been removed or replaced by another type, SICAM EMIC notifies a con-
figuration error or module error after startup. This applies also, if the originally equipped se-
quence is changed. The relevant I/O module and all the following ones are then not opera-
tional.

To achieve an errorless state the following possibilities exist:

restore original mechanical configuration


adapt new mechanical configuration in the parameterization

6.4.3.1 Restore Original Mechanical Configuration

Restore the mechanical configuration (module types and sequence) according to the parame-
terization and carry out a startup of the target system.

6.4.3.2 Adapt new Mechanical Configuration in the Parameterization

Remove the peripheral element in the parameterization, click on the button Apply and carry
out a startup of the target system.
Afterwards add the peripheral element again, click on the button Apply and carry out a
startup of the target system. SICAM EMIC "learns" thereby the new mechanical configuration.

Note
Please consider that with the removal of the peripheral elelement the existing parameterization (configu-
ration and settings of the I/Os) is lost.
With startup the parameterization of the learnt I/Os is built up newly with the default values.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 195


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.4.3.3 Adding I/O Modules

To an already existing configuration added I/O modules are recognized by SICAM EMIC and
"learnt upon startup, without notifying an error thereby. With parameterization via web brows-
er, new modules are added automatically in the menu tree.

6.4.4 Replacement of the SD Card

New SD cards can be ordered at Siemens (see SICAM EMIC System Description", chapter
"Order Information").

You find the hints for the replacement of the SD card in section 1.9, SD Card for the Master
Control Module .

Caution
Insert or remove the SD card only in the de-energized master control module. The contents of a SD card
can become invalid if it is removed during a running write procedure. If occasion arises, the contents of the
SD card must be deleted and written newly again.

After inserting the SD card a startup of the target system must be carried out.

You find further technical information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System
and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", section "Data Storage on Flash
Card".

196 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.5 Firmware Update

In SICAM EMIC, the functionality of system elements can be updated in need. For each sys-
tem element, an individual loadable firmware is provided. You find information thereto in sec-
tion 3.3, Loadable Firmwares.

For the accomplishment of firmware updates different methods are possible:

with engineering via SICAM TOOLBOX II


online
offline

with engineering via web browser


online
offline

6.5.1 SICAM TOOLBOX II

The SICAM TOOLBOX II contains after its installation all current firmware revisions (based on
the date of issue of the installed version).

Procedure for the Update of System Elements

interrogate
firmware revision selection AU open
revision
interrogation

new firmware Save firmware file on


available TOOLBOX PC

import master select firmware file to


start import
data be imported
master data
update

update target
selection AU load
system
load
firmware

6.5.1.1 Interrogation of Firmware Revision

The firmware revisions of all configured system elements (basic system element, peripheral
element, protocol elements) can be displayed and printed with the tool "Revision Interrogation
and Display" for a selected automation unit.

You find further details on the tool in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Service
Programs", section "Revision Interrogation and Display".

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 197


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.5.1.2 Importing Master Data into the SICAM TOOLBOX II

New firmware codes can be loaded into the SICAM TOOLBOX II with the tool "Master Data
Update". Thereto belong

firmwares for the tools of the SICAM TOOLBOX II


firmwares of SICAM RTUs system elements

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "OPM II", section
"Master Data Update".

An additional option provides the tool "Live Update". You find the information thereto in the
SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Service Programs", section "Live Update".

6.5.1.3 Loading Firmware into the Target System

Firmware codes that are existing in the SICAM TOOLBOX II can be loaded into a target sys-
tems.

6.5.1.3.1 Loading Firmware Online

For the accomplishment the engineering PC must be connected with the target system, and a
suitable SD card must be inserted in the target system. The configuration options listed in sec-
tion 3.6.1, SICAM TOOLBOX II apply.

Note
A serial connection via modem is not supported.

With the tool "Load Firmware" ( TOOLBOX II | Service Programs ) you can load firmware
codes into the target system. The following options are available:

Load intelligent
The latest firmware revision available in the TOOLBOX II is loaded, if it is more current
than that one on the corresponding system element
Load unconditional
The latest firmware revision available in the TOOLBOX II is loaded

You find the instructions thereto in the TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "Service Programs",
section "Load Firmware".

198 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.5.1.3.2 Loading Firmware Offline

For the accomplishment a SD card reader/writer must be connected on the Toolbox PC, and a
suitable SD card must be inserted.

With the tool "OPM II" you can select the corresponding AE via the menu Tools | System
technique . Via the context menu of the automation unit Flashcard | create files you
can transfer firmware files on a SD card.

You find the details thereto in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help, chapter "OPM II", section
"System technique | SICAM RTUs | Load Flashcard".

Insert the SD card afterwards in the de-energized target system, and switch on the power
supply after that. The target system performs a startup, and loads thereby the firmwares on
the corresponding system elements. Depending on number and size of the loaded files, the
startup can last up to 20 minutes.

6.5.2 Web Browser

6.5.2.1 Loading Firmware Codes into the Target System

With engineering via web browser, updated firmware codes that are provided in PRISMA can
be loaded into a target system in a simple manner.

Note
SICAM TOOLBOX II firmware updates can not be loaded via the web browser.

6.5.2.1.1 Loading Firmware Online

For the accomplishment the engineering PC must be connected with the target system, and a
suitable SD card must be inserted in the target system. The configuration options listed under
section 3.6.2, Web Browser apply.

Via the menu Upload/Download you can load firmware files directly into the target system.
You find the details thereto in the section 5.1.3, Loading Firmware.

With loading the firmware is stored on the SD card in the target system. Afterwards the target
system performs a startup, whereby the belonging system element is updated (if already con-
figured). Not yet configured system elements appear now in the selection in the menu
Configuration .

Note
For the online loading an already running firmware CPC30 must exist in the target system, furthermore you
need the corresponding access right for the engineering tool.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 199


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.5.2.1.2 Loading Firmware Offline

For the accomplishment a SD card reader/writer must be connected on the Toolbox PC, and a
suitable SD card must be inserted.

Now you can copy the required firmware files from the PC into the root directory of the SD
card. For the initialization of SICAM EMIC (first loading of firmware), the firmware CPC30 must
be copied on the SD card.

Insert the SD card afterwards in the de-energized target system, and then switch on the power
supply. The target system performs a startup, and loads thereby the firmwares on the belong-
ing system elements (if already configured). Depending on number and size of the loaded
files, the startup can last up to 20 minutes.

Note
With an initial parameterization this possibility (firmware CPC30) serves as beginning point for the engi-
neering via web browser.

6.5.3 Errors with Loading of Firmware

For a perfect functioning of the master control element, it is absolutely necessary that the
loading process completes without errors.

If the loading process is terminated with an error, cancel it. Afterwards, start the loading pro-
cess again and attempt to complete without error. If an error occurs again, check the record in
the diagnosis and the lighted display on the master control element.

The following reasons lead to a malfunction of the master control element:

Voltage failure
Premature abortion by the user
Failure (defect, shutdown) of the engineering PC
Abortion due to hardware error
Abortion or excessively long fault of the communication connection between engineering
PC and target system

You find further technical information in the manual SICAM RTUs Common Functions System
and Basic System Elements, chapter "System Services", sections "Loading Operation" and
"Firmware Shut Down".

Note
A master control element that is defective can be recognized by the fact, that after a restart of
SICAM EMIC the yellow RDY-LED and the red ER-LED do not light up. An access with the
SICAM TOOLBOX II is no longer possible in this case.
In this case please consult our Customer Support Center.

200 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

6.6 Remote Maintenance

With the help of the "web.engineering" option, you can remotely operate (remote maintenance
session) a remote SICAM TOOLBOX II that can be reached via a data connection (Modem,
ISDN, LAN/WAN) with a controlling PC (remote maintenance center).

Engineering data on
plant PC (Client)

Ethernet (TCP/IP)

Firewall

web.engineering
(Server)

Router

With "web.engineering" all SICAM TOOLBOX II clients work with a central web server which is
running the SICAM TOOLBOX II. The SICAM TOOLBOX II is operated thereby in the web
browser.

6.6.1 Configuration of Server and Clients

Install on the web server Microsoft Windows with "Terminal Services Web Access" (TS Web
Access). After that install the SICAM TOOLBOX II on this server.

On the clients is no installation required, the access to the web server takes place via the Mi-
crosoft Internet Explorer (as of version 5.0).

You find a detailed description of the configuration in the SICAM TOOLBOX II Online Help,
chapter "web.engineering".

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 201


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Service

202 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
A Variables in the Instruction List

Contents

A.1 System Variables ......................................................................................... 204


A.2 Data Points of the Peripheral Element .......................................................... 205

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 203


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

A.1 System Variables

System variables (VAR_GLOBAL) can be read out and further processed in the instruction list
(IL).

A.1.1 Common Variables

Variable name Meaning Format


PLC_CYCLETIME Cycle time DINT
PLC_CYCLETIME_OVERFLOW Overflow of cycle time BOOL
PLC_PROCESSINGCOUNTER Processing counter DINT
PLC_PROCESSINGTIME Processing time DINT

A.1.2 Dataflow Control

Variable name Meaning Format


PLC_DATAFLOW_03 Dataflow control TI30 BOOL
PLC_DATAFLOW_03 Dataflow control TI31 BOOL
PLC_DATAFLOW_03 Dataflow control TI34 BOOL
PLC_DATAFLOW_03 Dataflow control TI35 BOOL
PLC_DATAFLOW_03 Dataflow control TI36 BOOL

A.1.3 System Errors

Variable name Meaning Format


PLC_SYSERROR_xxx BOOL
xxx = error number

A list of relevant error numbers can be found in Appendix C.1, System Errors in the Diagnosis.

204 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

A.2 Data Points of the Peripheral Element

A.2.1 DI_DI - Double-Point Information Input: DI-610x

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42500_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42500
on IOM0 - IN D00/D01 spontaneous OM0_IN_D00_D01[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42502_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42502
on IOM0 - IN D02/D03 spontaneous OM0_IN_D02_D03[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42504_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42504
on IOM0 - IN D04/D05 spontaneous OM0_IN_D04_D05[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42506_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42506
on IOM0 - IN D06/D07 spontaneous OM0_IN_D06_D07[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42508_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42508
on IOM0 - IN D10/D11 spontaneous OM0_IN_D10_D11[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42510_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42510
on IOM0 - IN D12/D13 spontaneous OM0_IN_D12_D13[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42512_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42512
on IOM0 - IN D14/D15 spontaneous OM0_IN_D14_D15[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42514_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42514
on IOM0 - IN D16/D17 spontaneous OM0_IN_D16_D17[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42516_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42516
on IOM1 - IN D00/D01 spontaneous OM1_IN_D00_D01[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42518_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42518
on IOM1 - IN D02/D03 spontaneous OM1_IN_D02_D03[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42520_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42520
on IOM1 - IN D04/D05 spontaneous OM1_IN_D04_D05[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42522_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42522
on IOM1 - IN D06/D07 spontaneous OM1_IN_D06_D07[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42524_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42524
on IOM1 - IN D10/D11 spontaneous OM1_IN_D10_D11[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42526_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42526
on IOM1 - IN D12/D13 spontaneous OM1_IN_D12_D13[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42528_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42528
on IOM1 - IN D14/D15 spontaneous OM1_IN_D14_D15[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42530_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42530
on IOM1 - IN D16/D17 spontaneous OM1_IN_D16_D17[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42532_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42532
on IOM2 - IN D00/D01 spontaneous OM2_IN_D00_D01[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42534_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42534
on IOM2 - IN D02/D03 spontaneous OM2_IN_D02_D03[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42536_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42536
on IOM2 - IN D04/D05 spontaneous OM2_IN_D04_D05[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42538_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42538
on IOM2 - IN D06/D07 spontaneous OM2_IN_D06_D07[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42540_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42540
on IOM2 - IN D10/D11 spontaneous OM2_IN_D10_D11[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42542_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42542
on IOM2 - IN D12/D13 spontaneous OM2_IN_D12_D13[.OFF/.ON]

Double-point informati- periodically and 42544 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42544_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 205


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
on IOM2 - IN D14/D15 spontaneous OM2_IN_D14_D15[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42546_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42546
on IOM2 - IN D16/D17 spontaneous OM2_IN_D16_D17[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42548_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42548
on IOM3 - IN D00/D01 spontaneous OM3_IN_D00_D01[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42550_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42550
on IOM3 - IN D02/D03 spontaneous OM3_IN_D02_D03[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42552_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42552
on IOM3 - IN D04/D05 spontaneous OM3_IN_D04_D05[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42554_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42554
on IOM3 - IN D06/D07 spontaneous OM3_IN_D06_D07[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42556_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42556
on IOM3 - IN D10/D11 spontaneous OM3_IN_D10_D11[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42558_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42558
on IOM3 - IN D12/D13 spontaneous OM3_IN_D12_D13[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42560_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42560
on IOM3 - IN D14/D15 spontaneous OM3_IN_D14_D15[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42562_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42562
on IOM3 - IN D16/D17 spontaneous OM3_IN_D16_D17[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42564_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42564
on IOM4 - IN D00/D01 spontaneous OM4_IN_D00_D01[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42566_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42566
on IOM4 - IN D02/D03 spontaneous OM4_IN_D02_D03[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42568_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42568
on IOM4 - IN D04/D05 spontaneous OM4_IN_D04_D05[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42570_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42570
on IOM4 - IN D06/D07 spontaneous OM4_IN_D06_D07[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42572_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42572
on IOM4 - IN D10/D11 spontaneous OM4_IN_D10_D11[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42574_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42574
on IOM4 - IN D12/D13 spontaneous OM4_IN_D12_D13[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42576_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42576
on IOM4 - IN D14/D15 spontaneous OM4_IN_D14_D15[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42578_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42578
on IOM4 - IN D16/D17 spontaneous OM4_IN_D16_D17[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42580_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42580
on IOM5 - IN D00/D01 spontaneous OM5_IN_D00_D01[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42582_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42582
on IOM5 - IN D02/D03 spontaneous OM5_IN_D02_D03[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42584_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42584
on IOM5 - IN D04/D05 spontaneous OM5_IN_D04_D05[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42586_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42586
on IOM5 - IN D06/D07 spontaneous OM5_IN_D06_D07[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42588_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42588
on IOM5 - IN D10/D11 spontaneous OM5_IN_D10_D11[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42590_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42590
on IOM5 - IN D12/D13 spontaneous OM5_IN_D12_D13[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42592_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42592
on IOM5 - IN D14/D15 spontaneous OM5_IN_D14_D15[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42594_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42594
on IOM5 - IN D16/D17 spontaneous OM5_IN_D16_D17[.OFF/.ON]

206 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42596_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42596
on IOM6 - IN D00/D01 spontaneous OM6_IN_D00_D01[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42598_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42598
on IOM6 - IN D02/D03 spontaneous OM6_IN_D02_D03[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42600_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42600
on IOM6 - IN D04/D05 spontaneous OM6_IN_D04_D05[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42602_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42602
on IOM6 - IN D06/D07 spontaneous OM6_IN_D06_D07[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42604_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42604
on IOM6 - IN D10/D11 spontaneous OM6_IN_D10_D11[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42606_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42606
on IOM6 - IN D12/D13 spontaneous OM6_IN_D12_D13[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42608_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42608
on IOM6 - IN D14/D15 spontaneous OM6_IN_D14_D15[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42610_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42610
on IOM6 - IN D16/D17 spontaneous OM6_IN_D16_D17[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42612_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42612
on IOM7 - IN D00/D01 spontaneous OM7_IN_D00_D01[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42614_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42614
on IOM7 - IN D02/D03 spontaneous OM7_IN_D02_D03[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42616_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42616
on IOM7 - IN D04/D05 spontaneous OM7_IN_D04_D05[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42618_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42618
on IOM7 - IN D06/D07 spontaneous OM7_IN_D06_D07[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42620_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42620
on IOM7 - IN D10/D11 spontaneous OM7_IN_D10_D11[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42622_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42622
on IOM7 - IN D12/D13 spontaneous OM7_IN_D12_D13[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42624_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42624
on IOM7 - IN D14/D15 spontaneous OM7_IN_D14_D15[.OFF/.ON]
Double-point informati- periodically and PLC_PE_00_USIO36_42626_DOUBLE_POINT_INFORMATION_I
42626
on IOM7 - IN D16/D17 spontaneous OM7_IN_D16_D17[.OFF/.ON]

A.2.2 DI_SI Single-Point Information Input: DI-610x

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D00 48 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00048_SI_IOM0_IN_D00
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D01 49 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00049_SI_IOM0_IN_D01
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D02 50 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00050_SI_IOM0_IN_D02
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D03 51 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00051_SI_IOM0_IN_D03
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D04 52 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00052_SI_IOM0_IN_D04
spontaneous
SI IOM0 - IN D05 periodically and 53 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00053_SI_IOM0_IN_D05

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 207


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D06 54 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00054_SI_IOM0_IN_D06
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D07 55 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00055_SI_IOM0_IN_D07
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D10 56 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00056_SI_IOM0_IN_D10
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D11 57 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00057_SI_IOM0_IN_D11
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D12 58 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00058_SI_IOM0_IN_D12
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D13 59 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00059_SI_IOM0_IN_D13
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D14 60 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00060_SI_IOM0_IN_D14
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D15 61 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00061_SI_IOM0_IN_D15
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D16 62 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00062_SI_IOM0_IN_D16
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM0 - IN D17 63 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00063_SI_IOM0_IN_D17
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D00 64 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00064_SI_IOM1_IN_D00
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D01 65 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00065_SI_IOM1_IN_D01
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D02 66 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00066_SI_IOM1_IN_D02
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D03 67 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00067_SI_IOM1_IN_D03
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D04 68 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00068_SI_IOM1_IN_D04
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D05 69 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00069_SI_IOM1_IN_D05
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D06 70 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00070_SI_IOM1_IN_D06
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D07 71 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00071_SI_IOM1_IN_D07
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D10 72 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00072_SI_IOM1_IN_D10
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D11 73 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00073_SI_IOM1_IN_D11
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D12 74 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00074_SI_IOM1_IN_D12
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D13 75 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00075_SI_IOM1_IN_D13
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D14 76 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00076_SI_IOM1_IN_D14
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D15 77 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00077_SI_IOM1_IN_D15
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D16 78 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00078_SI_IOM1_IN_D16
spontaneous

208 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
periodically and
SI IOM1 - IN D17 79 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00079_SI_IOM1_IN_D17
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D00 80 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00080_SI_IOM2_IN_D00
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D01 81 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00081_SI_IOM2_IN_D01
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D02 82 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00082_SI_IOM2_IN_D02
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D03 83 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00083_SI_IOM2_IN_D03
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D04 84 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00084_SI_IOM2_IN_D04
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D05 85 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00085_SI_IOM2_IN_D05
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D06 86 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00086_SI_IOM2_IN_D06
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D07 87 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00087_SI_IOM2_IN_D07
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D10 88 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00088_SI_IOM2_IN_D10
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D11 89 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00089_SI_IOM2_IN_D11
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D12 90 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00090_SI_IOM2_IN_D12
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D13 91 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00091_SI_IOM2_IN_D13
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D14 92 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00092_SI_IOM2_IN_D14
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D15 93 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00093_SI_IOM2_IN_D15
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D16 94 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00094_SI_IOM2_IN_D16
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM2 - IN D17 95 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00095_SI_IOM2_IN_D17
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D00 96 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00096_SI_IOM3_IN_D00
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D01 97 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00097_SI_IOM3_IN_D01
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D02 98 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00098_SI_IOM3_IN_D02
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D03 99 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00099_SI_IOM3_IN_D03
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D04 100 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00100_SI_IOM3_IN_D04
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D05 101 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00101_SI_IOM3_IN_D05
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D06 102 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00102_SI_IOM3_IN_D06
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D07 103 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00103_SI_IOM3_IN_D07
spontaneous
SI IOM3 - IN D10 periodically and 104 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00104_SI_IOM3_IN_D10

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 209


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D11 105 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00105_SI_IOM3_IN_D11
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D12 106 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00106_SI_IOM3_IN_D12
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D13 107 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00107_SI_IOM3_IN_D13
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D14 108 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00108_SI_IOM3_IN_D14
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D15 109 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00109_SI_IOM3_IN_D15
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D16 110 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00110_SI_IOM3_IN_D16
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM3 - IN D17 111 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00111_SI_IOM3_IN_D17
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D00 112 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00112_SI_IOM4_IN_D00
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D01 113 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00113_SI_IOM4_IN_D01
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D02 114 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00114_SI_IOM4_IN_D02
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D03 115 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00115_SI_IOM4_IN_D03
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D04 116 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00116_SI_IOM4_IN_D04
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D05 117 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00117_SI_IOM4_IN_D05
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D06 118 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00118_SI_IOM4_IN_D06
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D07 119 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00119_SI_IOM4_IN_D07
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D10 120 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00120_SI_IOM4_IN_D10
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D11 121 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00121_SI_IOM4_IN_D11
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D12 122 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00122_SI_IOM4_IN_D12
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D13 123 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00123_SI_IOM4_IN_D13
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D14 124 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00124_SI_IOM4_IN_D14
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D15 125 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00125_SI_IOM4_IN_D15
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D16 126 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00126_SI_IOM4_IN_D16
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM4 - IN D17 127 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00127_SI_IOM4_IN_D17
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D00 128 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00128_SI_IOM5_IN_D00
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D01 129 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00129_SI_IOM5_IN_D01
spontaneous

210 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D02 130 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00130_SI_IOM5_IN_D02
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D03 131 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00131_SI_IOM5_IN_D03
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D04 132 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00132_SI_IOM5_IN_D04
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D05 133 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00133_SI_IOM5_IN_D05
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D06 134 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00134_SI_IOM5_IN_D06
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D07 135 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00135_SI_IOM5_IN_D07
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D10 136 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00136_SI_IOM5_IN_D10
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D11 137 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00137_SI_IOM5_IN_D11
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D12 138 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00138_SI_IOM5_IN_D12
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D13 139 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00139_SI_IOM5_IN_D13
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D14 140 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00140_SI_IOM5_IN_D14
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D15 141 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00141_SI_IOM5_IN_D15
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D16 142 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00142_SI_IOM5_IN_D16
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM5 - IN D17 143 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00143_SI_IOM5_IN_D17
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D00 144 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00144_SI_IOM6_IN_D00
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D01 145 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00145_SI_IOM6_IN_D01
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D02 146 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00146_SI_IOM6_IN_D02
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D03 147 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00147_SI_IOM6_IN_D03
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D04 148 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00148_SI_IOM6_IN_D04
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D05 149 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00149_SI_IOM6_IN_D05
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D06 150 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00150_SI_IOM6_IN_D06
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D07 151 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00151_SI_IOM6_IN_D07
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D10 152 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00152_SI_IOM6_IN_D10
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D11 153 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00153_SI_IOM6_IN_D11
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D12 154 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00154_SI_IOM6_IN_D12
spontaneous
SI IOM6 - IN D13 periodically and 155 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00155_SI_IOM6_IN_D13

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 211


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D14 156 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00156_SI_IOM6_IN_D14
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D15 157 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00157_SI_IOM6_IN_D15
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D16 158 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00158_SI_IOM6_IN_D16
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM6 - IN D17 159 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00159_SI_IOM6_IN_D17
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D00 160 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00160_SI_IOM7_IN_D00
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D01 161 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00161_SI_IOM7_IN_D01
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D02 162 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00162_SI_IOM7_IN_D02
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D03 163 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00163_SI_IOM7_IN_D03
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D04 164 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00164_SI_IOM7_IN_D04
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D05 165 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00165_SI_IOM7_IN_D05
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D06 166 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00166_SI_IOM7_IN_D06
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D07 167 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00167_SI_IOM7_IN_D07
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D10 168 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00168_SI_IOM7_IN_D10
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D11 169 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00169_SI_IOM7_IN_D11
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D12 170 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00170_SI_IOM7_IN_D12
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D13 171 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00171_SI_IOM7_IN_D13
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D14 172 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00172_SI_IOM7_IN_D14
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D15 173 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00173_SI_IOM7_IN_D15
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D16 174 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00174_SI_IOM7_IN_D16
spontaneous
periodically and
SI IOM7 - IN D17 175 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00175_SI_IOM7_IN_D17
spontaneous

212 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

A.2.3 SW_DI - Software Datapoint Digital Input

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Board failed periodically 15 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00015_BOARD_FAILED
Command 1-out-of-n PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00029_COMMAND_1_OUT_OF_N_INTERL
periodically 29
interlocked OCKED
Command interlocked periodically 28 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00028_COMMAND_INTERLOCKED_
Command output busy periodically 25 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00025_COMMAND_OUTPUT_BUSY
IOM0 failed periodically 16 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00016_IOM0_FAILED
IOM1 failed periodically 17 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00017_IOM1_FAILED
IOM2 failed periodically 18 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00018_IOM2_FAILED
IOM3 failed periodically 19 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00019_IOM3_FAILED
IOM4 failed periodically 20 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00020_IOM4_FAILED
IOM5 failed periodically 21 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00021_IOM5_FAILED
IOM6 failed periodically 22 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00022_IOM6_FAILED
IOM7 failed periodically 23 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00023_IOM7_FAILED
Check cycvle running periodically 30 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00030_CHECK_CYCLE_RUNNING
Acquisition error periodically 12 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00012_ACQUISITION_ERROR
Sum command output
periodically 27 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00027_SUM_COMMAND_OUTPUT_FAULT
fault
Sum command output PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00026_SUM_COMMAND_OUTPUT_RUNNI
periodically 26
running NG
Sum flutter fault periodically 24 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00024_SUM_FLUTTER_FAULT

A.2.4 SW_DI - Software Datapoint Digital Input: DI-610x

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00032_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM0_IN_D00
periodically 32
IOM0 - IN D00-D07 _D07
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00033_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM0_IN_D10
periodically 33
IOM0 - IN D10-D17 _D17
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00034_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM1_IN_D00
periodically 34
IOM1 - IN D00-D07 _D07
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00035_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM1_IN_D10
periodically 35
IOM1 - IN D10-D17 _D17
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00036_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM2_IN_D00
periodically 36
IOM2 - IN D00-D07 _D07
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00037_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM2_IN_D10
periodically 37
IOM2 - IN D10-D17 _D17
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00038_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM3_IN_D00
periodically 38
IOM3 - IN D00-D07 _D07
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00039_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM3_IN_D10
periodically 39
IOM3 - IN D10-D17 _D17

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 213


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00040_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM4_IN_D00
periodically 40
IOM4 - IN D00-D07 _D07
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00041_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM4_IN_D10
periodically 41
IOM4 - IN D10-D17 _D17
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00042_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM5_IN_D00
periodically 42
IOM5 - IN D00-D07 _D07
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00043_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM5_IN_D10
periodically 43
IOM5 - IN D10-D17 _D17
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00044_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM6_IN_D00
periodically 44
IOM6 - IN D00-D07 _D07
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00045_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM6_IN_D10
periodically 45
IOM6 - IN D10-D17 _D17
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00046_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM7_IN_D00
periodically 46
IOM7 - IN D00-D07 _D07
Spannungsausfall PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00047_VOLTAGE_FAILURE_IOM7_IN_D10
periodically 47
IOM7 - IN D10-D17 _D17

A.2.5 SW_DI Software Datapoint Digital Input: DO-623x

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92000 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92000_COMMAND_IOM0_CA00_FAULT
CA00 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92001 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92001_COMMAND_IOM0_CA01_FAULT
CA01 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92002 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92002_COMMAND_IOM0_CA02_FAULT
CA02 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92003 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92003_COMMAND_IOM0_CA03_FAULT
CA03 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92004 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92004_COMMAND_IOM0_CA04_FAULT
CA04 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92005 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92005_COMMAND_IOM0_CA05_FAULT
CA05 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92006 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92006_COMMAND_IOM0_CA06_FAULT
CA06 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92007 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92007_COMMAND_IOM0_CA07_FAULT
CA07 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92008 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92008_COMMAND_IOM0_CB00_FAULT
CB00 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92009 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92009_COMMAND_IOM0_CB01_FAULT
CB01 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92010 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92010_COMMAND_IOM0_CB02_FAULT
CB02 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92011 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92011_COMMAND_IOM0_CB03_FAULT
CB03 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92012 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92012_COMMAND_IOM0_CB04_FAULT
CB04 Fault

Command IOM0 - periodically 92013 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92013_COMMAND_IOM0_CB05_FAULT

214 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
CB05 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92014 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92014_COMMAND_IOM0_CB06_FAULT
CB06 Fault
Command IOM0 -
periodically 92015 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92015_COMMAND_IOM0_CB07_FAULT
CB07 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92016 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92016_COMMAND_IOM1_CA00_FAULT
CA00 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92017 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92017_COMMAND_IOM1_CA01_FAULT
CA01 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92018 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92018_COMMAND_IOM1_CA02_FAULT
CA02 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92019 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92019_COMMAND_IOM1_CA03_FAULT
CA03 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92020 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92020_COMMAND_IOM1_CA04_FAULT
CA04 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92021 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92021_COMMAND_IOM1_CA05_FAULT
CA05 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92022 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92022_COMMAND_IOM1_CA06_FAULT
CA06 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92023 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92023_COMMAND_IOM1_CA07_FAULT
CA07 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92024 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92024_COMMAND_IOM1_CB00_FAULT
CB00 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92025 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92025_COMMAND_IOM1_CB01_FAULT
CB01 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92026 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92026_COMMAND_IOM1_CB02_FAULT
CB02 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92027 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92027_COMMAND_IOM1_CB03_FAULT
CB03 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92028 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92028_COMMAND_IOM1_CB04_FAULT
CB04 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92029 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92029_COMMAND_IOM1_CB05_FAULT
CB05 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92030 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92030_COMMAND_IOM1_CB06_FAULT
CB06 Fault
Command IOM1 -
periodically 92031 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92031_COMMAND_IOM1_CB07_FAULT
CB07 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92032 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92032_COMMAND_IOM2_CA00_FAULT
CA00 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92033 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92033_COMMAND_IOM2_CA01_FAULT
CA01 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92034 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92034_COMMAND_IOM2_CA02_FAULT
CA02 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92035 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92035_COMMAND_IOM2_CA03_FAULT
CA03 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92036 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92036_COMMAND_IOM2_CA04_FAULT
CA04 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92037 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92037_COMMAND_IOM2_CA05_FAULT
CA05 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92038 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92038_COMMAND_IOM2_CA06_FAULT
CA06 Fault

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 215


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92039 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92039_COMMAND_IOM2_CA07_FAULT
CA07 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92040 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92040_COMMAND_IOM2_CB00_FAULT
CB00 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92041 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92041_COMMAND_IOM2_CB01_FAULT
CB01 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92042 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92042_COMMAND_IOM2_CB02_FAULT
CB02 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92043 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92043_COMMAND_IOM2_CB03_FAULT
CB03 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92044 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92044_COMMAND_IOM2_CB04_FAULT
CB04 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92045 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92045_COMMAND_IOM2_CB05_FAULT
CB05 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92046 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92046_COMMAND_IOM2_CB06_FAULT
CB06 Fault
Command IOM2 -
periodically 92047 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92047_COMMAND_IOM2_CB07_FAULT
CB07 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92048 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92048_COMMAND_IOM3_CA00_FAULT
CA00 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92049 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92049_COMMAND_IOM3_CA01_FAULT
CA01 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92050 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92050_COMMAND_IOM3_CA02_FAULT
CA02 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92051 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92051_COMMAND_IOM3_CA03_FAULT
CA03 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92052 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92052_COMMAND_IOM3_CA04_FAULT
CA04 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92053 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92053_COMMAND_IOM3_CA05_FAULT
CA05 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92054 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92054_COMMAND_IOM3_CA06_FAULT
CA06 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92055 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92055_COMMAND_IOM3_CA07_FAULT
CA07 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92056 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92056_COMMAND_IOM3_CB00_FAULT
CB00 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92057 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92057_COMMAND_IOM3_CB01_FAULT
CB01 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92058 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92058_COMMAND_IOM3_CB02_FAULT
CB02 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92059 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92059_COMMAND_IOM3_CB03_FAULT
CB03 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92060 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92060_COMMAND_IOM3_CB04_FAULT
CB04 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92061 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92061_COMMAND_IOM3_CB05_FAULT
CB05 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92062 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92062_COMMAND_IOM3_CB06_FAULT
CB06 Fault
Command IOM3 -
periodically 92063 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92063_COMMAND_IOM3_CB07_FAULT
CB07 Fault

Command IOM4 - periodically 92064 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92064_COMMAND_IOM4_CA00_FAULT

216 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
CA00 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92065 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92065_COMMAND_IOM4_CA01_FAULT
CA01 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92066 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92066_COMMAND_IOM4_CA02_FAULT
CA02 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92067 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92067_COMMAND_IOM4_CA03_FAULT
CA03 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92068 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92068_COMMAND_IOM4_CA04_FAULT
CA04 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92069 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92069_COMMAND_IOM4_CA05_FAULT
CA05 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92070 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92070_COMMAND_IOM4_CA06_FAULT
CA06 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92071 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92071_COMMAND_IOM4_CA07_FAULT
CA07 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92072 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92072_COMMAND_IOM4_CB00_FAULT
CB00 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92073 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92073_COMMAND_IOM4_CB01_FAULT
CB01 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92074 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92074_COMMAND_IOM4_CB02_FAULT
CB02 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92075 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92075_COMMAND_IOM4_CB03_FAULT
CB03 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92076 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92076_COMMAND_IOM4_CB04_FAULT
CB04 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92077 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92077_COMMAND_IOM4_CB05_FAULT
CB05 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92078 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92078_COMMAND_IOM4_CB06_FAULT
CB06 Fault
Command IOM4 -
periodically 92079 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92079_COMMAND_IOM4_CB07_FAULT
CB07 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92080 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92080_COMMAND_IOM5_CA00_FAULT
CA00 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92081 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92081_COMMAND_IOM5_CA01_FAULT
CA01 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92082 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92082_COMMAND_IOM5_CA02_FAULT
CA02 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92083 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92083_COMMAND_IOM5_CA03_FAULT
CA03 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92084 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92084_COMMAND_IOM5_CA04_FAULT
CA04 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92085 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92085_COMMAND_IOM5_CA05_FAULT
CA05 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92086 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92086_COMMAND_IOM5_CA06_FAULT
CA06 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92087 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92087_COMMAND_IOM5_CA07_FAULT
CA07 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92088 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92088_COMMAND_IOM5_CB00_FAULT
CB00 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92089 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92089_COMMAND_IOM5_CB01_FAULT
CB01 Fault

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 217


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92090 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92090_COMMAND_IOM5_CB02_FAULT
CB02 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92091 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92091_COMMAND_IOM5_CB03_FAULT
CB03 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92092 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92092_COMMAND_IOM5_CB04_FAULT
CB04 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92093 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92093_COMMAND_IOM5_CB05_FAULT
CB05 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92094 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92094_COMMAND_IOM5_CB06_FAULT
CB06 Fault
Command IOM5 -
periodically 92095 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92095_COMMAND_IOM5_CB07_FAULT
CB07 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92096 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92096_COMMAND_IOM6_CA00_FAULT
CA00 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92097 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92097_COMMAND_IOM6_CA01_FAULT
CA01 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92098 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92098_COMMAND_IOM6_CA02_FAULT
CA02 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92099 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92099_COMMAND_IOM6_CA03_FAULT
CA03 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92100 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92100_COMMAND_IOM6_CA04_FAULT
CA04 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92101 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92101_COMMAND_IOM6_CA05_FAULT
CA05 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92102 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92102_COMMAND_IOM6_CA06_FAULT
CA06 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92103 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92103_COMMAND_IOM6_CA07_FAULT
CA07 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92104 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92104_COMMAND_IOM6_CB00_FAULT
CB00 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92105 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92105_COMMAND_IOM6_CB01_FAULT
CB01 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92106 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92106_COMMAND_IOM6_CB02_FAULT
CB02 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92107 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92107_COMMAND_IOM6_CB03_FAULT
CB03 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92108 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92108_COMMAND_IOM6_CB04_FAULT
CB04 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92109 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92109_COMMAND_IOM6_CB05_FAULT
CB05 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92110 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92110_COMMAND_IOM6_CB06_FAULT
CB06 Fault
Command IOM6 -
periodically 92111 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92111_COMMAND_IOM6_CB07_FAULT
CB07 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92112 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92112_COMMAND_IOM7_CA00_FAULT
CA00 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92113 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92113_COMMAND_IOM7_CA01_FAULT
CA01 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92114 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92114_COMMAND_IOM7_CA02_FAULT
CA02 Fault

Command IOM7 - periodically 92115 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92115_COMMAND_IOM7_CA03_FAULT

218 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
CA03 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92116 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92116_COMMAND_IOM7_CA04_FAULT
CA04 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92117 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92117_COMMAND_IOM7_CA05_FAULT
CA05 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92118 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92118_COMMAND_IOM7_CA06_FAULT
CA06 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92119 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92119_COMMAND_IOM7_CA07_FAULT
CA07 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92120 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92120_COMMAND_IOM7_CB00_FAULT
CB00 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92121 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92121_COMMAND_IOM7_CB01_FAULT
CB01 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92122 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92122_COMMAND_IOM7_CB02_FAULT
CB02 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92123 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92123_COMMAND_IOM7_CB03_FAULT
CB03 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92124 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92124_COMMAND_IOM7_CB04_FAULT
CB04 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92125 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92125_COMMAND_IOM7_CB05_FAULT
CB05 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92126 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92126_COMMAND_IOM7_CB06_FAULT
CB06 Fault
Command IOM7 -
periodically 92127 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92127_COMMAND_IOM7_CB07_FAULT
CB07 Fault

A.2.6 SW_DO - Software Datapoint Digital Output

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
1-out-of-n enable periodically 531 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00531_1_OUT_OF_N_ENABLE
AWE CB_on periodically 540 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00540_AR_CB_ON
AR CB_controllable periodically 543 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00543_AR_CB_CONTROLLABLE
Command state infor- PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00533_COMMAND_STATE_INFORMATIO
periodically 533
mation N
Start check cycle PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00532_START_CHECK_CYCLE_COMMAN
periodically 532
command output D_OUTPUT
Start adjustment AI periodically 541 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00541_START_ADJUSTMENT_AI
Sync. enable periodically 530 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00530_SYNC_ENABLE
Transmission activation periodically 529 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00529_TRANSMISSION_ACTIVATION
Latching activation periodically 528 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_00528_LATCHING_ACTIVATION

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 219


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

A.2.7 SW_DO - Software Datapoint Digital Output: DO-620x

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02544_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2544
IOM0 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02545_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2545
IOM0 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02546_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2546
IOM0 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02547_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2547
IOM0 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02548_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2548
IOM0 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02549_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2549
IOM0 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02550_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2550
IOM0 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02551_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2551
IOM0 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02552_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2552
IOM0 - OUT D10 _OUT_D10
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02553_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2553
IOM0 - OUT D11 _OUT_D11
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02554_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2554
IOM0 - OUT D12 _OUT_D12
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02555_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2555
IOM0 - OUT D13 _OUT_D13
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02556_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2556
IOM0 - OUT D14 _OUT_D14
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02557_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2557
IOM0 - OUT D15 _OUT_D15
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02558_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2558
IOM0 - OUT D16 _OUT_D16
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02559_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2559
IOM0 - OUT D17 _OUT_D17
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02560_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2560
IOM1 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02561_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2561
IOM1 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02562_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2562
IOM1 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02563_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2563
IOM1 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02564_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2564
IOM1 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02565_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2565
IOM1 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02566_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2566
IOM1 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02567_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2567
IOM1 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07

Command interlocking periodically 2568 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02568_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1

220 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
IOM1 - OUT D10 _OUT_D10
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02569_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2569
IOM1 - OUT D11 _OUT_D11
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02570_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2570
IOM1 - OUT D12 _OUT_D12
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02571_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2571
IOM1 - OUT D13 _OUT_D13
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02572_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2572
IOM1 - OUT D14 _OUT_D14
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02573_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2573
IOM1 - OUT D15 _OUT_D15
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02574_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2574
IOM1 - OUT D16 _OUT_D16
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02575_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2575
IOM1 - OUT D17 _OUT_D17
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02576_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2576
IOM2 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02577_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2577
IOM2 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02578_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2578
IOM2 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02579_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2579
IOM2 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02580_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2580
IOM2 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02581_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2581
IOM2 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02582_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2582
IOM2 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02583_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2583
IOM2 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02584_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2584
IOM2 - OUT D10 _OUT_D10
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02585_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2585
IOM2 - OUT D11 _OUT_D11
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02586_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2586
IOM2 - OUT D12 _OUT_D12
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02587_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2587
IOM2 - OUT D13 _OUT_D13
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02588_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2588
IOM2 - OUT D14 _OUT_D14
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02589_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2589
IOM2 - OUT D15 _OUT_D15
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02590_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2590
IOM2 - OUT D16 _OUT_D16
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02591_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2591
IOM2 - OUT D17 _OUT_D17
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02592_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2592
IOM3 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02593_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2593
IOM3 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 221


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02594_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2594
IOM3 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02595_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2595
IOM3 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02596_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2596
IOM3 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02597_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2597
IOM3 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02598_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2598
IOM3 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02599_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2599
IOM3 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02600_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2600
IOM3 - OUT D10 _OUT_D10
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02601_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2601
IOM3 - OUT D11 _OUT_D11
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02602_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2602
IOM3 - OUT D12 _OUT_D12
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02603_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2603
IOM3 - OUT D13 _OUT_D13
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02604_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2604
IOM3 - OUT D14 _OUT_D14
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02605_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2605
IOM3 - OUT D15 _OUT_D15
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02606_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2606
IOM3 - OUT D16 _OUT_D16
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02607_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2607
IOM3 - OUT D17 _OUT_D17
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02608_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2608
IOM4 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02609_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2609
IOM4 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02610_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2610
IOM4 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02611_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2611
IOM4 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02612_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2612
IOM4 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02613_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2613
IOM4 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02614_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2614
IOM4 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02615_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2615
IOM4 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02616_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2616
IOM4 - OUT D10 _OUT_D10
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02617_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2617
IOM4 - OUT D11 _OUT_D11
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02618_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2618
IOM4 - OUT D12 _OUT_D12

Command interlocking periodically 2619 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02619_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4

222 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
IOM4 - OUT D13 _OUT_D13
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02620_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2620
IOM4 - OUT D14 _OUT_D14
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02621_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2621
IOM4 - OUT D15 _OUT_D15
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02622_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2622
IOM4 - OUT D16 _OUT_D16
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02623_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2623
IOM4 - OUT D17 _OUT_D17
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02624_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2624
IOM5 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02625_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2625
IOM5 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02626_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2626
IOM5 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02627_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2627
IOM5 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02628_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2628
IOM5 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02629_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2629
IOM5 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02630_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2630
IOM5 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02631_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2631
IOM5 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02632_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2632
IOM5 - OUT D10 _OUT_D10
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02633_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2633
IOM5 - OUT D11 _OUT_D11
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02634_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2634
IOM5 - OUT D12 _OUT_D12
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02635_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2635
IOM5 - OUT D13 _OUT_D13
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02636_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2636
IOM5 - OUT D14 _OUT_D14
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02637_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2637
IOM5 - OUT D15 _OUT_D15
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02638_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2638
IOM5 - OUT D16 _OUT_D16
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02639_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2639
IOM5 - OUT D17 _OUT_D17
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02640_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2640
IOM6 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02641_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2641
IOM6 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02642_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2642
IOM6 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02643_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2643
IOM6 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02644_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2644
IOM6 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 223


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02645_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2645
IOM6 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02646_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2646
IOM6 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02647_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2647
IOM6 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02648_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2648
IOM6 - OUT D10 _OUT_D10
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02649_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2649
IOM6 - OUT D11 _OUT_D11
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02650_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2650
IOM6 - OUT D12 _OUT_D12
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02651_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2651
IOM6 - OUT D13 _OUT_D13
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02652_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2652
IOM6 - OUT D14 _OUT_D14
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02653_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2653
IOM6 - OUT D15 _OUT_D15
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02654_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2654
IOM6 - OUT D16 _OUT_D16
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02655_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2655
IOM6 - OUT D17 _OUT_D17
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02656_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2656
IOM7 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02657_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2657
IOM7 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02658_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2658
IOM7 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02659_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2659
IOM7 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02660_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2660
IOM7 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02661_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2661
IOM7 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02662_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2662
IOM7 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02663_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2663
IOM7 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02664_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2664
IOM7 - OUT D10 _OUT_D10
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02665_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2665
IOM7 - OUT D11 _OUT_D11
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02666_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2666
IOM7 - OUT D12 _OUT_D12
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02667_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2667
IOM7 - OUT D13 _OUT_D13
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02668_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2668
IOM7 - OUT D14 _OUT_D14
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02669_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2669
IOM7 - OUT D15 _OUT_D15

Command interlocking periodically 2670 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02670_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7

224 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
IOM7 - OUT D16 _OUT_D16
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02671_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2671
IOM7 - OUT D17 _OUT_D17

A.2.8 SW_DO - Software Datapoint Digital Output: DO-621x

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02544_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2544
IOM0 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02545_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2545
IOM0 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02546_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2546
IOM0 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02547_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2547
IOM0 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02548_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2548
IOM0 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02549_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2549
IOM0 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02550_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2550
IOM0 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02551_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 2551
IOM0 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02560_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2560
IOM1 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02561_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2561
IOM1 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02562_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2562
IOM1 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02563_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2563
IOM1 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02564_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2564
IOM1 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02565_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2565
IOM1 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02566_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2566
IOM1 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02567_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 2567
IOM1 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02576_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2576
IOM2 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02577_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2577
IOM2 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02578_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2578
IOM2 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02579_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2579
IOM2 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 225


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02580_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2580
IOM2 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02581_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2581
IOM2 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02582_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2582
IOM2 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02583_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 2583
IOM2 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02592_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2592
IOM3 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02593_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2593
IOM3 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02594_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2594
IOM3 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02595_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2595
IOM3 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02596_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2596
IOM3 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02597_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2597
IOM3 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02598_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2598
IOM3 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02599_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 2599
IOM3 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02608_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2608
IOM4 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02609_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2609
IOM4 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02610_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2610
IOM4 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02611_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2611
IOM4 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02612_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2612
IOM4 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02613_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2613
IOM4 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02614_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2614
IOM4 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02615_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 2615
IOM4 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02624_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2624
IOM5 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02625_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2625
IOM5 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02626_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2626
IOM5 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02627_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2627
IOM5 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02628_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2628
IOM5 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04

Command interlocking periodically 2629 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02629_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5

226 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
IOM5 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02630_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2630
IOM5 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02631_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 2631
IOM5 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02640_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2640
IOM6 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02641_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2641
IOM6 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02642_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2642
IOM6 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02643_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2643
IOM6 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02644_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2644
IOM6 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02645_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2645
IOM6 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02646_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2646
IOM6 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02647_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 2647
IOM6 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02656_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2656
IOM7 - OUT D00 _OUT_D00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02657_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2657
IOM7 - OUT D01 _OUT_D01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02658_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2658
IOM7 - OUT D02 _OUT_D02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02659_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2659
IOM7 - OUT D03 _OUT_D03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02660_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2660
IOM7 - OUT D04 _OUT_D04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02661_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2661
IOM7 - OUT D05 _OUT_D05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02662_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2662
IOM7 - OUT D06 _OUT_D06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_02663_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 2663
IOM7 - OUT D07 _OUT_D07

A.2.9 SW_DO Software Datapoint Digital Output: DO-623x

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92256_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92256
IOM0 - CA00 _CA00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92257_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92257
IOM0 - CA01 _CA01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92258_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92258
IOM0 - CA02 _CA02

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 227


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92259_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92259
IOM0 - CA03 _CA03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92260_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92260
IOM0 - CA04 _CA04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92261_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92261
IOM0 - CA05 _CA05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92262_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92262
IOM0 - CA06 _CA06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92263_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92263
IOM0 - CA07 _CA07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92264_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92264
IOM0 - CB00 _CB00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92265_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92265
IOM0 - CB01 _CB01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92266_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92266
IOM0 - CB02 _CB02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92267_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92267
IOM0 - CB03 _CB03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92268_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92268
IOM0 - CB04 _CB04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92269_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92269
IOM0 - CB05 _CB05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92270_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92270
IOM0 - CB06 _CB06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92271_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM0
periodically 92271
IOM0 - CB07 _CB07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92272_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92272
IOM1 - CA00 _CA00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92273_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92273
IOM1 - CA01 _CA01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92274_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92274
IOM1 - CA02 _CA02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92275_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92275
IOM1 - CA03 _CA03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92276_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92276
IOM1 - CA04 _CA04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92277_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92277
IOM1 - CA05 _CA05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92278_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92278
IOM1 - CA06 _CA06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92279_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92279
IOM1 - CA07 _CA07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92280_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92280
IOM1 - CB00 _CB00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92281_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92281
IOM1 - CB01 _CB01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92282_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92282
IOM1 - CB02 _CB02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92283_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92283
IOM1 - CB03 _CB03

Command interlocking periodically 92284 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92284_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1

228 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
IOM1 - CB04 _CB04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92285_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92285
IOM1 - CB05 _CB05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92286_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92286
IOM1 - CB06 _CB06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92287_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM1
periodically 92287
IOM1 - CB07 _CB07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92288_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92288
IOM2 - CA00 _CA00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92289_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92289
IOM2 - CA01 _CA01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92290_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92290
IOM2 - CA02 _CA02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92291_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92291
IOM2 - CA03 _CA03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92292_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92292
IOM2 - CA04 _CA04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92293_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92293
IOM2 - CA05 _CA05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92294_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92294
IOM2 - CA06 _CA06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92295_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92295
IOM2 - CA07 _CA07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92296_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92296
IOM2 - CB00 _CB00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92297_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92297
IOM2 - CB01 _CB01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92298_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92298
IOM2 - CB02 _CB02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92299_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92299
IOM2 - CB03 _CB03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92300_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92300
IOM2 - CB04 _CB04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92301_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92301
IOM2 - CB05 _CB05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92302_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92302
IOM2 - CB06 _CB06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92303_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM2
periodically 92303
IOM2 - CB07 _CB07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92304_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92304
IOM3 - CA00 _CA00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92305_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92305
IOM3 - CA01 _CA01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92306_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92306
IOM3 - CA02 _CA02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92307_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92307
IOM3 - CA03 _CA03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92308_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92308
IOM3 - CA04 _CA04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92309_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92309
IOM3 - CA05 _CA05

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 229


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92310_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92310
IOM3 - CA06 _CA06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92311_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92311
IOM3 - CA07 _CA07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92312_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92312
IOM3 - CB00 _CB00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92313_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92313
IOM3 - CB01 _CB01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92314_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92314
IOM3 - CB02 _CB02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92315_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92315
IOM3 - CB03 _CB03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92316_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92316
IOM3 - CB04 _CB04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92317_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92317
IOM3 - CB05 _CB05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92318_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92318
IOM3 - CB06 _CB06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92319_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM3
periodically 92319
IOM3 - CB07 _CB07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92320_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92320
IOM4 - CA00 _CA00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92321_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92321
IOM4 - CA01 _CA01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92322_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92322
IOM4 - CA02 _CA02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92323_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92323
IOM4 - CA03 _CA03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92324_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92324
IOM4 - CA04 _CA04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92325_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92325
IOM4 - CA05 _CA05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92326_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92326
IOM4 - CA06 _CA06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92327_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92327
IOM4 - CA07 _CA07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92328_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92328
IOM4 - CB00 _CB00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92329_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92329
IOM4 - CB01 _CB01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92330_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92330
IOM4 - CB02 _CB02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92331_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92331
IOM4 - CB03 _CB03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92332_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92332
IOM4 - CB04 _CB04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92333_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92333
IOM4 - CB05 _CB05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92334_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4
periodically 92334
IOM4 - CB06 _CB06

Command interlocking periodically 92335 PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92335_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM4

230 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
IOM4 - CB07 _CB07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92336_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92336
IOM5 - CA00 _CA00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92337_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92337
IOM5 - CA01 _CA01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92338_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92338
IOM5 - CA02 _CA02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92339_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92339
IOM5 - CA03 _CA03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92340_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92340
IOM5 - CA04 _CA04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92341_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92341
IOM5 - CA05 _CA05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92342_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92342
IOM5 - CA06 _CA06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92343_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92343
IOM5 - CA07 _CA07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92344_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92344
IOM5 - CB00 _CB00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92345_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92345
IOM5 - CB01 _CB01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92346_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92346
IOM5 - CB02 _CB02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92347_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92347
IOM5 - CB03 _CB03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92348_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92348
IOM5 - CB04 _CB04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92349_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92349
IOM5 - CB05 _CB05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92350_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92350
IOM5 - CB06 _CB06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92351_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM5
periodically 92351
IOM5 - CB07 _CB07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92352_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92352
IOM6 - CA00 _CA00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92353_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92353
IOM6 - CA01 _CA01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92354_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92354
IOM6 - CA02 _CA02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92355_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92355
IOM6 - CA03 _CA03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92356_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92356
IOM6 - CA04 _CA04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92357_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92357
IOM6 - CA05 _CA05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92358_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92358
IOM6 - CA06 _CA06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92359_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92359
IOM6 - CA07 _CA07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92360_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92360
IOM6 - CB00 _CB00

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 231


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Variables in the Instruction List

Kind of trans- Internal


Datapoint IL name
mission key
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92361_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92361
IOM6 - CB01 _CB01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92362_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92362
IOM6 - CB02 _CB02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92363_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92363
IOM6 - CB03 _CB03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92364_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92364
IOM6 - CB04 _CB04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92365_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92365
IOM6 - CB05 _CB05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92366_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92366
IOM6 - CB06 _CB06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92367_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM6
periodically 92367
IOM6 - CB07 _CB07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92368_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92368
IOM7 - CA00 _CA00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92369_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92369
IOM7 - CA01 _CA01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92370_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92370
IOM7 - CA02 _CA02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92371_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92371
IOM7 - CA03 _CA03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92372_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92372
IOM7 - CA04 _CA04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92373_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92373
IOM7 - CA05 _CA05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92374_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92374
IOM7 - CA06 _CA06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92375_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92375
IOM7 - CA07 _CA07
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92376_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92376
IOM7 - CB00 _CB00
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92377_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92377
IOM7 - CB01 _CB01
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92378_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92378
IOM7 - CB02 _CB02
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92379_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92379
IOM7 - CB03 _CB03
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92380_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92380
IOM7 - CB04 _CB04
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92381_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92381
IOM7 - CB05 _CB05
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92382_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92382
IOM7 - CB06 _CB06
Command interlocking PLC_PE_00_USIO36_92383_COMMAND_INTERLOCKING_IOM7
periodically 92383
IOM7 - CB07 _CB07

232 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
B Examples for Application Programs

Contents

B.1 Transfer an Input to a Signalling Output and to a Command Output .............. 234
B.2 Combine two Inputs with AND ...................................................................... 235
B.3 Linear Adaptation with Value Selection ......................................................... 236
B.4 Operating Hours Counter.............................................................................. 237
B.5 Bounce Suppression .................................................................................... 239
B.6 Setpoint Command ....................................................................................... 241
B.7 Create Command with ACTCON/ACTTERM via Input .................................. 242
B.8 Speed Comparison ....................................................................................... 247

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 233


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

B.1 Transfer an Input to a Signalling Output and to a Com-


mand Output

The first digital input of the master control element (with default address and type identification
I_030_002_000_000.VALUE) is loaded into the accumulator. In the next line the loaded
value is transferred to the outputs O_030_008_000_000.VALUE and
O_045_009_000_000.VALUE.

Changing the input type from single command to single message with the engineering tool
(webbrowser), the relay at the output D00 picks up when the input becomes logical 1. Other-
wise this output address will be sent to the communication because it is not existing within the
periphery. The default address of the command is D01.

PLC_RESET:

PLC_INIT:

PLC_START:
LD I_030_002_000_000.VALUE (*IN00 TI:30 IOA1:002 IOA2:000 IOA3:000*)
ST O_030_008_000_000.VALUE (*store at output as binary information*)
ST O_045_009_000_000.VALUE (*store at output as command*)

234 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

B.2 Combine two Inputs with AND

The cycle time is set to 50 ms. The first two inputs of the master control element will be com-
bined by logical AND. The result is transferred to a flag and additional to a digital output. The
type identification of the output is single message.

PLC_RESET:
LD 50 (*load value 50*)
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*store at system variable for cycle*)
(*time in ms*)

PLC_INIT:

PLC_START:
LD I_030_002_000_000.VALUE (*read input IN00*)
ST AND.IN0 (*store at input 0 for AND function*)
LD I_030_003_000_000.VALUE (*read input IN01*)
ST AND.IN1 (*store at input 1 for AND function*)
CAL AND (*call function*)
ST M_BOOL_TESTFLAG (*store in a flag*)
ST O_030_008_000_000.VALUE (*store as single command output*)

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 235


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

B.3 Linear Adaptation with Value Selection

Two analog values are compared and the higher one is selected (MAX). With this one an adap-
tation kx+d is performed. The processed value receives a new address
(O_036_032_001_001.VALUE). The constants for k (M_REAL_CONSTANTforK) and d
(M_REAL_CONSTANTforD) are defined with initial values in the programm sequence
PLC_INIT.

PLC_RESET:
LD 10
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycle time in ms*)

PLC_INIT:
LD 10
ST M_REAL_CONSTANTforK (*constant for k*)
LD -5
ST M_REAL_CONSTANTforD (*constant for d*)

PLC_START:
LD I_036_032_000_000.VALUE (*input 1*)
ST MAX.IN0
LD I_036_033_000_000.VALUE (*input 2*)
ST MAX.IN1
CAL MAX (*the greater value of both is used*)
ST M_REAL_MAXVALUE (*serves for reading which value will*)
ST MUL.IN0 (*be used*)
LD M_REAL_CONSTANTforK
ST MUL.IN1
CAL MUL (*the selected value is multiplicated*)
ST ADD.IN0 (*with the constant and results as "kx"*)
LD M_REAL_CONSTANTforD
ST ADD.IN1
CAL ADD (*after the multiplication add "d"*)
ST O_036_032_001_001.VALUE (*selected adapted value*)

236 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

B.4 Operating Hours Counter

A clock pulse generator (TCLK_PULSE) is running with a frequency of 30s logical 1 and 30s
logical 0. The edge change from 0 to 1 is switched to the CU Input of the upward-counter
(CTU_COUNTER.CU) and the counter will be incremented with 1 per minute.

The sum of the operating hours results of two values:

Current counter score (CTU_COUNTER.CV)


Counter score before the last power down (MR_DINT_MINUTES)
The score will be saved in a retaining flag (M_DINT_MINUTESOLD). This means, after a
power down (startup) the counter will continue with incrementing based on the last value.

The hours result by minutes devided by 60. The hours always will be recalculated based on
the minutes, the same after a power down.

PLC_RESET:
LD 10
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycle time in ms*)

PLC_INIT:
LD MR_DINT_MINUTES (*load power-fail safe value*)
ST M_DINT_MINUTESOLD (*freeze in a flag as old value*)

PLC_START:
(*Operating hours counter*)
LD PLC_SYSTIME.SEC (*fetch second value of the system time*)
ST M_DINT_SEC (*and store in variable*)
LD M_DINT_SEC (*current second*)
EQ 0 (*compare with second 0*)
ST CTU_COUNTER.CU (*HIGH always at the second 0, required*)
(*edge detection is implemented within*)
(*the counter*)
CAL CTU_COUNTER (*increments the counter*)
LD CTU_COUNTER.CV (*load current counter score*)
ST ADD.IN0 (*store at input 0 for ADD function*)
LD M_DINT_MINUTESOLD (*load old value*)
ST ADD.IN1 (*store at input 1 for ADD function*)
CAL ADD (*call ADD function*)
ST MR_DINT_MINUTES (*store sum of operating minutes in a*)
(*retaining flag, after startup the*)
(*old value will be added to the*)
(*current counter score*)
ST DIV.IN0 (*store at input 0 for DIV function*)
LD 60 (*load constant for 60 minutes*)
ST DIV.IN1 (*store at input 1 for DIV function*)
CAL DIV (*call DIV function*)
ST M_DINT_HOURS (*sum of operating hours = minutes*)
(*divided by 60*)

To reset the counter score it is necessary to reset the counter (CTU_COUNTER.R) as well as
the flag with the retained value (M_DINT_MINUTESOLD).

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 237


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

This could be executed by a subroutine before PLC_RESET. With RET the subroutine will be
left.

(*SUBROUTINE*)
ResetCounter:
LD 0 (*the old value for operating minutes*)
ST M_DINT_MINUTESOLD (*is set to "0"*)
ST M_BOOL_RESET (*reset the flag for running this*)
(*subroutine*)
LD 1
ST CTU_COUNTER.R (*reset counter by input R*)
RET
(*END SUBROUTINE*)

The call of the subroutine could be executed at the end (after ST M_DINT_HOURS). Therefore
the flag (M_BOOL_RESET) must be set to 1. Instead of the flag an input address could be
used, for instance a command.

Reaching the command CALC the call of the subroutine will be executed. In the subroutine the
flag (M_BOOL_RESET) will be reset to 0, otherwise the counter would last at 0 as long as the
flag will be reset to 0.

LD 0 (*besides reset of the time the*)


ST CTU_COUNTER.R (*counter input R is set to "0"*)

LD M_BOOL_RESET (*if the flag is set to "1"*)


CALC ResetCounter (*call the subroutine ResetCounter*)

238 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

B.5 Bounce Suppression

If an input signal is bouncing, the blocked bit (BL) is set. The number of state changes until the
BL bit is set, as well as the monitoring time during which the information must be static until
the BL bit is reset, are adjustable via constants. An output is set to 0 during the BL bit is set.

With an edge detection for the rising edge (R_TRIG_INEDRISE0) and the falling edge
(F_EDTIMEFALL0) the counter (CTU_EDC0) will be incremented by 1. At the same time the R
input of the counter is reset via an ON delay for the rising edge (TON_EDTIMERISE0) as well
as for the falling edge (TON_EDTIMEFALL0). With this function all state changes of the input
will be integrated by the counter (started with the first edge and triggered by each following
one).

As soon as a state change of the input happens the flag (M_BOOL_COUNTER00) is reset and
the input of an AND (module 8) is set (inverted). If the sum of state changes is greater as or
equal to a defined number (CV>=PV) the counter output is set as well, and the BL bit is set.
With the set BL bit the output is reset by another AND (module 9).

After termination of the monitoring time the R input of the counter is set again, and the counter
is reset. If the BL bit is set, it will be reset as well (output of module 8 is 0).

R_TRIG_INEDRISE0

Input

> 1 M_BOOL_MODULE03
1

CU 7

Counter Q
3
upward
2

F_TRIG_INEDFALL0
Parameter PV R
M_BOOL_MODULE7

in the INIT part CTU_EDC0

TON_EDTIMERISE0

TON
> 1
4
M_BOOL_COUNTER00

6
TON
5
&
TON_EDTIMEFALL0 Blocked

&

Output
9

In the procession sequence the R input of the counter must be reset first, because only after-
wards the positive edge at the CU input of the counter causes an increment. Therefore the ap-
plication program handles the R input before the CU input of the counter.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 239


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

Example: number of state changes >= 5


monitoring time of the stability of the input = 10 s

PLC_RESET:
LD 20
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycle time in ms*)

PLC_INIT:
LD 5 (*number of transients until*)
ST CTU_FLZ0.PV (*information is set bouncing*)

(*once detected as bouncing, the input signal must last statical "1" for
a preset time until the blocked bit will be reset again*)
LD 10000 (*load constant for 10s*)
ST TON_EDTIMERISE0.PT (*ON delay rising edge*)
ST TON_EDTIMEFALL0.PT (*ON delay falling edge*)

PLC_START:
(*Modules 4,5,6,7 if there are no more state changes of the input, the
counter will be reset when the preset monitoring time has expired*)
LD I_030_002_000_000.VALUE (*input*)
ST M_BOOL_INPUT00
ST TON_EDTIMERISE0.IN (*rising edge - module 4*)
STN TON_EDTIMEFALL0.IN (*falling edge - module 5*)
CAL TON_EDTIMERISE0.IN (*call module 4*)
ST OR.IN0
CAL TON_EDTIMEFALL0 (*call module 5*)
ST OR.IN1
CAL OR (*call module 6*)
ST M_BOOL_COUNTER00 (*also in graphic*)
ST CTU_EDC0.R (*reset input of counter - module 7*)

(*Modules 1,2,3,7 rising and falling edge of the input are combined
with an OR and put to the CU input of the counter each change will be
added*)
LD M_BOOL_INPUT00
ST R_TRIG_INEDRISE0.CLK (*rising edge - module 1*)
ST F_TRIG_INEDFALL0.CLK (*falling edge - module 2*)
CAL R_TRIG_INEDRISE0 (*call module 1*)
ST OR.IN0
CAL F_TRIG_INEDFALL0 (*call module 2*)
ST OR.IN1
CAL OR (*call module 3*)
ST CTU_EDC0.CU (*count up input of counter - module 7*)
ST M_BOOL_MODULE3 (*only for graphic*)

(*Modules 7,8 with the first edge change the monitoring time will be
started. If the number of edges is greater then the number of transients
within this time, the output of the AND (module 8) is set = blocked*)
CAL CTU_EDC0 (*call module 7*)
ST M_BOOL_MODULE7 (*only for graphic*)
ST AND.IN0
LDN M_BOOL_COUNTER00
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND (*call module 8*)
ST M_BOOL_BOUNCING00 (*is set if the input is bouncing*)
ST O_030_002_000_000.BL (*set blocked bit of the input*)

(*Module 9 - the output is reset during the input is detected as bounc-


ing*)
LD M_BOOL_INPUT00
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_BOUNCING00
STN AND.IN1
CAL AND (*call module 9 if bouncing, then "0"*)
ST O_030_002_000_000.VALUE (*output of input information*)

240 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

B.6 Setpoint Command

PLC_RESET:
LD 20
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycle time in ms*)

PLC_INIT:
LD 1
ST PLC_TX_DATAFLOW_030 (*single-point inform. to plc & comm.*)
ST PLC_TX_DATAFLOW_031 (*double-point inform. to plc & comm.*)
ST PLC_TX_DATAFLOW_036 (*measured value float to plc & comm.*)
ST PLC_TX_DATAFLOW_050 (*setpoint command float to plc & comm.*)

PLC_START:
(*Mapping inputs to flags*)
LD I_050_171_105_000.S_E (*setpoint command select/execute*)
ST M_BOOL_NyttBVCmL45
LD I_030_008_004_000.VALUE (*single-point information input*)
ST M_BOOL_OmkHandL45
LD I_036_018_039_000.VALUE (*measured value float input*)
ST M_REAL_CmL45
LD I_050_171_105_000.VALUE (*setpoint command float input*)
ST M_REAL_BvCmL45DC

(*Temporary test variables*)


LD I_050_171_105_000.S (*check for a rising edge, otherwise*)
ST R_TRIG_PosFlank1.CLK (*create a confirmation each cycle*)
CAL R_TRIG_PosFlank1 (*if you have no setpoint the logic*)
JMPN HOPP90 (*will jump over the COT procedure*)

LD I_050_171_105_000.S_E
ST O_050_171_105_000.S_E (*here you have to add the select*)
(*before execute procedure*)
ST M_BOOL_NyttBVCmL45 (*setpoint command select/execute*)

LD I_050_171_105_000.VALUE
ST O_050_171_105_000.VALUE (*setpoint command float output*)
ST M_REAL_BvCmL45DC

(*Example for select before execute*)


LD 7 (*7 = confirmation, 10 = termination,*)
ST O_050_171_105_000.COT (*if you set 0, the confirmation would*)
(*be created here, and the termination*)
(*in the following cycle*)
LD 1
ST O_050_171_105_000.S (*setpoint command spontaneous*)
HOPP90:

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 241


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

B.7 Create Command with ACTCON/ACTTERM via Input

PLC_RESET: LD 100
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycletime ms*)

PLC_INIT:

PLC_START:

(*Line 4)
(*Read and store double point inputs*)
LD I_031_011_006_016.ON
ST O_031_011_006_016.ON
ST M_BOOL_DPIACLOSE

LD I_031_011_006_016.OFF
ST O_031_011_006_016.OFF

(*Line 9*)
(*Read and store double point inputs*)
LD I_031_011_006_028.ON
ST O_031_011_006_028.ON
ST M_BOOL_DPIBCLOSE

LD I_031_011_006_028.OFF
ST O_031_011_006_028.OFF

(*Coup 4-9*)
(*Read and store double point inputs*)
LD I_031_011_008_058.ON
ST O_031_011_008_058.ON
ST M_BOOL_DPICCLOSE

LD I_031_011_008_058.OFF
ST O_031_011_008_058.OFF

(*Line 4)

(*Read and store double command close input*)


LD I_046_001_006_016.COT (*cause of transmission equal 6*)
ST O_046_001_006_016.COT
ST EQ.IN0
LD 6
ST EQ.IN1
CAL EQ
ST AND.IN0
LD I_046_001_006_016.ON (*double command state*)
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST M_BOOL_COMACLOSE

(*Interlocking*)
LD M_BOOL_DPICCLOSE
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_DPIBCLOSE
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
STN M_BOOL_NOACLOSE

242 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

(*Read and store double command open input*)


LD I_046_001_006_016.COT (*cause of transmission equal 6*)
ST EQ.IN0
LD 6
ST EQ.IN1
CAL EQ
ST AND.IN0
LD I_046_001_006_016.OFF (*double command state*)
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST O_046_001_006_016.OFF (*output double-point command open on
same address*)

(*Command close*)
LD M_BOOL_NOACLOSE
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMACLOSE
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST O_046_001_006_016.ON

(*Send ACTCON, ACTTERM control station SAT250*)


LD I_046_001_006_016.PN
ST O_046_001_006_016.PN

LD I_046_001_006_016.COT (*cause of transmission equal 7*)


ST EQ.IN0
LD 7
ST EQ.IN1
CAL EQ
ST AND.IN0
LD I_046_001_006_016.S
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST M_BOOL_COMA_COT

LDN M_BOOL_NOACLOSE
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMACLOSE
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST M_BOOL_COMA_LOCKED
ST OR.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMA_COT
ST OR.IN1
CAL OR
JMPN COMA_END

LD I_046_001_006_016.PN
ST OR.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMA_LOCKED
ST OR.IN1
CAL OR
ST O_046_001_006_016.PN

LD I_046_001_006_016.ON
ST O_046_001_006_016.ON
LD I_046_001_006_016.OFF
ST O_046_001_006_016.OFF
LD 0
ST O_046_001_006_016.COT
LD 1
ST O_046_001_006_016.S
COMA_END:

(*Line 9*)

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 243


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

(*Read and store double command close input*)


LD I_046_001_006_028.COT (*cause of transmission equal 6*)
ST O_046_001_006_028.COT
ST EQ.IN0
LD 6
ST EQ.IN1
CAL EQ
ST AND.IN0
LD I_046_001_006_028.ON (*double command state*)
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST M_BOOL_COMBCLOSE

(*Interlocking*)
LD M_BOOL_DPIACLOSE
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_DPICCLOSE
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
STN M_BOOL_NOBCLOSE

(*Read and store double command open input*)


LD I_046_001_006_028.COT (*cause of transmission equal 6*)
ST EQ.IN0
LD 6
ST EQ.IN1
CAL EQ
ST AND.IN0
LD I_046_001_006_028.OFF (*double command state*)
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST O_046_001_006_028.OFF (*output double point command open on
same adress*)

(*Command close*)
LD M_BOOL_NOBCLOSE
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMBCLOSE
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST O_046_001_006_028.ON

(*Send ACTCON, ACTTERM control station SAT250*)


LD I_046_001_006_028.PN
ST O_046_001_006_028.PN

LD I_046_001_006_028.COT (*cause of transmission equal 7*)


ST EQ.IN0
LD 7
ST EQ.IN1
CAL EQ
ST AND.IN0
LD I_046_001_006_028.S
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST M_BOOL_COMB_COT

LDN M_BOOL_NOBCLOSE
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMBCLOSE
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST M_BOOL_COMB_LOCKED
ST OR.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMB_COT
ST OR.IN1
CAL OR
JMPN COMB_END

244 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

LD I_046_001_006_028.PN
ST OR.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMB_LOCKED
ST OR.IN1
CAL OR
ST O_046_001_006_028.PN

LD I_046_001_006_028.ON
ST O_046_001_006_028.ON
LD I_046_001_006_028.OFF
ST O_046_001_006_028.OFF
LD 0
ST O_046_001_006_028.COT
LD 1
ST O_046_001_006_028.S
COMB_END:

(*Coup 4-9*)

(*Read and store double command close input*)


LD I_046_001_008_058.COT (*cause of transmission equal 6*)
ST O_046_001_008_058.COT
ST EQ.IN0
LD 6
ST EQ.IN1
CAL EQ
ST AND.IN0
LD I_046_001_008_058.ON (*double command state*)
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST M_BOOL_COMCCLOSE

(*Interlocking*)
LD M_BOOL_DPIACLOSE
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_DPIBCLOSE
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
STN M_BOOL_NOCCLOSE

(*Read and store double command open input*)


LD I_046_001_008_058.COT (*cause of transmission equal 6*)
ST EQ.IN0
LD 6
ST EQ.IN1
CAL EQ
ST AND.IN0
LD I_046_001_008_058.OFF (*double command state*)
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST O_046_001_008_058.OFF (*output double point command open on
same address*)

(*Command close*)
LD M_BOOL_NOCCLOSE
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMCCLOSE
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST O_046_001_008_058.ON
ST M_BOOL_COMC_OK

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 245


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

(*Send ACTCON, ACTTERM control station SAT250*)


LD I_046_001_008_058.PN
ST O_046_001_008_058.PN

LD I_046_001_008_058.COT (*cause of transmission equal 7*)


ST EQ.IN0
LD 7
ST EQ.IN1
CAL EQ
ST AND.IN0
LD I_046_001_008_058.S
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST M_BOOL_COMC_COT

LDN M_BOOL_NOCCLOSE
ST AND.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMCCLOSE
ST AND.IN1
CAL AND
ST M_BOOL_COMC_LOCKED
ST OR.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMC_COT
ST OR.IN1
CAL OR
JMPN COMC_END

LD I_046_001_008_058.PN
ST OR.IN0
LD M_BOOL_COMC_LOCKED
ST OR.IN1
CAL OR
ST O_046_001_008_058.PN

LD I_046_001_008_058.ON
ST O_046_001_008_058.ON
LD I_046_001_008_058.OFF
ST O_046_001_008_058.OFF
LD 0
ST O_046_001_008_058.COT
LD 1
ST O_046_001_008_058.S
COMC_END:

246 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

B.8 Speed Comparison

PLC_RESET:
LD 100
ST PLC_CYCLETIME (*cycle time in ms*)

PLC_INIT:
LD 1000 (*drop off delay in ms*)
ST TOF_FLAENDSTEIG0.PT
ST TOF_FLAENDFALL0.PT

PLC_START:
(*Check speed value on change*)
LD I_034_016_000_000.S (*load spontaneous bit speed value*)
JMPN NO_CHANGE (*jump if no change of value*)

(*Change of speed value present*)


LD I_034_016_000_000.VALUE (*load speed value*)
ST M_REAL_WERTNEU (*current speed value to flag*)
ST SUB.IN0
LD M_REAL_WERTALT (*load old speed value*)
ST SUB.IN1
CAL SUB (*form difference value*)
ST M_REAL_WERTDIF (*difference value to flag*)

(*Take over change of value*)


LD M_REAL_WERTNEU (*load current value*)
ST M_REAL_WERTALT (*save current value for next *)
(*change of value*)

(*Value comparison speed ascending*)


LD M_REAL_WERTDIF (*load diff. value*)
ST GT.IN0
LD 0
ST GT.IN1
CAL GT (*diff. value > 0: speed ascending*)
ST M_BOOL_DZST (*set flag speed ascending*)

(*Value comparison speed descending*)


LD M_REAL_WERTDIF (*load diff. value*)
ST LT.IN0
LD 0
ST LT.IN1
CAL LT (*diff. value < 0: speed descending*)
ST M_BOOL_DZFA (*set flag speed descending*)

NO_CHANGE: (*jump mark if no change of value*)

(*Drop-off delay speed ascending*)


LD M_BOOL_DZST (*load flag speed ascending*)
ST TOF_FLAENDSTEIG0.IN
CAL TOF_FLAENDSTEIG0 (*drop-off delay*)
LD TOF_FLAENDSTEIG0.Q
ST O_030_048_000_000.VALUE (*reset output*)

(*Drop-off delay speed descending*)


LD M_BOOL_DZFA (*load flag speed descending*)
ST TOF_FLAENDFALL0.IN
CAL TOF_FLAENDFALL0 (*drop-off delay*)
LD TOF_FLAENDFALL0.Q
ST O_030_049_000_000.VALUE (*set binary output*)

(*Reset flags for speed ascending, descending*)


LD 0
ST M_BOOL_DZST (*reset flag speed ascending*)
ST M_BOOL_DZFA (*reset flag speed descending*)

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 247


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Examples for Application Programs

248 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
C Error Handling

Contents

C.1 System Errors in the Diagnosis ..................................................................... 250


C.2 Operation Errors ........................................................................................... 251

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 249


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Error Handling

C.1 System Errors in the Diagnosis

Error numbers that are logged in the diagnosis (only via web browser).

Meaning of the Ax error classes:

A ..... Failure
B ..... Module failure
I ...... Internal
E ..... External
K ..... Communication
W .... Warning
T ..... Test

No. Description
001 Sum error internal
002 Sum error external
003 Sum error communication
004 Sum error test
005 Sum error warning
006 Sum error module failure
007 Sum error failure
008 Sum error startup
009 Disturbance M-CPU
010 Disturbance PE
011 Disturbance PRE0
012 Disturbance PRE1
013 Disturbance PRE2
014 Disturbance COM 0
015 Disturbance COM 1
016 Disturbance COM 2
017 Failure PE
018 Failure PRE0
019 Failure PRE1
020 Failure PRE2
021 Failure COM 0
022 Failure COM 1
023 Failure COM 2

250 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Error Handling

C.2 Operation Errors

The following table shows a variety of possible operating errors which can occur with engi-
neering via web browser. It does not lay claim to completeness, since depending on the used
connection and system configuration different conditions can occur.

There is also no warranty that the remedies descripted here actually always lead to the de-
sired goal.

Characteristic Possible cause Remedy


After entry of the IP address There is no connection to Anew call of the IP address in the
of a target system in the web the selected target system web browser resp. Refresh
browser the indication "web Target system is switched Check whether target system is
page not available" off switched on and connected with
IP address is wrong the PC
With operation via Ethernet and
without router the network ad-
dresses of the target system and
PC must fit (dependent on the sub-
net mask)
After an update in the web The session was already Avoid extended pauses (> 15 min.)
browser (by selection of a terminated by means of the during the operation or parameteri-
menu or by transfer of a pa- internal watchdog zation procedure
rameter) the logon page ap- The session was terminat- Store changed parameters by click-
pears ed by means of logon by ing on the apply button
another user
After loading of an IL the web the IL to be loaded is too Cancel loading process (stop func-
browser tries to refresh over large (> 16 kB) tion in the web browser)
long time (> 1 min) or no re- generally a loading process Check whether errors are recorded
turn information from the takes longer the larger the under PLC | Diagnosis
loading process occurs at all IL is Load a smaller IL
When the target system responds
after the loading process, check
whether the IL is applied
After loading of an IL web an invalid IL (wrong file or If possible, read error display in the
pages are faulty or empty; file format) has been load- diagnosis
possibly the red ER LED is ed Check whether the correct source
lighting during the transmission a file is loaded
connection fault may have Check whether the file which con-
been occurred tains the IL is a text file (ASCII for-
mat)
Check whether the correct control
code is in the text file
After startup of the system there is a syntax error Correct the IL in the line number indi-
the application program cated under PLC | Diagnosis
(PLC) remains stopped
After loading of an IL no au- An invalid program code Follow error indication
tomatic startup is requested (wrong file or file format) Evaluate diagnosis
has been loaded
A connection fault may be
occurred during the trans-
mission

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 251


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Error Handling

Characteristic Possible cause Remedy


After loading of the parame- In the loaded parameteriza- Set again a valid IP address with
ters the target system can be tion an invalid or unknown WEBemic on the target system; en-
selected no longer from the IP address is set ter this address after successful
web browser; possibly the red An invalid parameter file transmission in the web browser to
ER LED is lighting (wrong file or file format) get access to the target system
has been loaded Otherwise detach the SD card from
During the transmission a the target system and overwrite it
connection fault may have again with valid parameters offline
been occurred
After loading of a firmware Firmware code not load- Start anew loading process
the loaded firmware revision ed/configured completely Observe progress display
does not appear in the con- due to communication fault Loading process is completed cor-
figuration page or operating error (e.g. rectly when the indication FILE-
menu was quitted prema- UPLOAD SUCCESSFUL appears, with
turely) hyperlink to the configuration page
After reset of the system the The mechanical configuration read diagnosis; open the project
red ER LED is lighting does not match with the loaded in the target system and check
learnt configuration the parameterized configuration

252 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
D Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Contents

D.1 Windows Settings ......................................................................................... 254


D.2 Settings in Microsoft Windows 7 ................................................................... 255
D.3 Settings in Microsoft Windows Vista ............................................................. 265
D.4 Settings in Microsoft Windows XP Professional ............................................ 275
D.5 Settings in Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional ......................................... 284
D.6 Settings in Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 ........................................................... 292
D.7 Restore Settings for the Internet Use ............................................................ 306

The following instruction describes those settings that must be made in the operating system
of the engineering PC in order to activate the connection PC - SICAM MIC via web browser.
These are the installation of a modem and the configuration of a data transmission connec-
tion.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 253


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

D.1 Windows Settings

Supported operating systems:

Microsoft Windows 7
Microsoft Windows Vista
Microsoft Windows XP Professional
Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0

254 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

D.2 Settings in Microsoft Windows 7

D.2.1 Modem Installation

Open via the start menu the menu item Control Panel.

Open the modem-group with a double-click on the symbol PHONE AND MODEM. Go to the index
tab MODEMS and click on ADD... to install the modem.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 255


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

The Hardware Wizard starts, which guides you comfortably through the installation. Place a
tick in the box DONT DETECT MY MODEM; I WILL SELECT IT FROM A LIST and click Next>.

Under MANUFACTURERS: select (Standard Modem Types)and under MODELS: select a


STANDARD 33600 BPS MODEM, then click Next>.

In this window mark the wanted port and confirm the input with Next>. Complete the modem
installation in the next window with the button Finish.

256 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Now select the button Properties in the register tab MODEMS and check the MAXIMUM PORT
SPEED of 115200, as shown in the lower window. If this setting shows another value, please
correct it and confirm with OK.

The modem installation is now complete!

D.2.2 Network Configuration

To establish a new data-communication connection, open via the start menu the menu item
Control Panel.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 257


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Double-click on the symbol Network and Sharing Center.

Click on SET UP A NEW CONNECTION OR NETWORK.

258 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the following window, as Network Connections Type select the item CONNECT TO THE
INTERNET . Then go to Next>.

As next step you have to select CONNECTION MANUALLY.

Click on DIAL-UP CONNECTION and continue.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 259


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the next step, enter an optional name for your CONNECTION, and an optional numerical value
in the field DIAL UP PHONE NUBMER. Furthermore enter a USER NAME and a PASSWORD. When
you have carried out these steps, confirm each time with Next>.

Pay attention to the ticks in the boxes. Finally, click on Connect.

A window appears with the connection test, that you can abort.

Then select SET UP THE CONNECTION ANYWAY.

260 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Finally, click on CLOSE.

For advanced settings and to check the new dial-up connection, click on CONNECT TO A
NETWORK. Click with the right mouse button on CONNECTION TO SIE and select Properties.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 261


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Check the settings and if necessary correct them. Then confirm with OK.

Mark the line Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) and then click on Proper-
ties.

In this window the items OBTAIN AN IP ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY and OBTAIN DNS SERVER
ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY must be selected. Continue with Advanced.

262 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the last window of the settings, under the register tab IP SETTINGS, the box USE DEFAULT
GATEWAY ON REMOTE NETWORK must not be ticked. Confirm the inputs in each window with OK.

In order to set up a connection open via the start menu the menu item Control Panel.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 263


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Click on CONNECT TO A NETWORK in the Network Sharing Center. Select the connection and click
on the button Connect.

Click on the button Dial in the window "Connect Connection to SIE".

The installation and configuration is thereby complete!

264 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

D.3 Settings in Microsoft Windows Vista

D.3.1 Modem Installation

Open via the start menu the menu item Control Panel.

Open the modem-group and double-click on the symbol Phone and Modem Options. Click on the
tab MODEMS and click on Add to install the modem.

The Hardware Wizard starts, which guides you comfortably through the installation. Place a
tick in the box DONT DETECT MY MODEM; I WILL SELECT IT FROM A LIST and click on Next>.

Under MANUFACTURERS select (Standard Modem Types)and under MODELS select


Standard 33600 bps Modem, then click Next>.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 265


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In this window mark the wanted port and confirm the input with Next>. Complete the modem
installation in the next window with the button Finish.

Now select the button Properties in the register tab MODEMS and check the MAXIMUM PORT
SPEED of 115200, as shown in the lower window. If this setting shows another value, please
correct it and confirm with OK.

266 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

The modem installation is now complete!

D.3.2 Network Configuration

To set up a new data-communication connection, open via the start menu the menu item
Control Panel.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 267


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Double-click on the symbol Network Connections.

Go to CREATE A NEW CONNECTION.

268 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the following window select the item CONNECT TO THE INTERNET as network connection type.
Then continue with Next>.

As next step you have to select CONNECTION MANUALLY.

Click on DIAL-UP and continue.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 269


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the next step, enter an optional CONNECTION NAME and an optional numerical value in the
field DIAL-UP PHONE NUBMER. Furthermore, enter a USER NAME and a PASSWORD.

Pay attention to the ticks in the boxes. Finally, click on Connect.

Then a window appears with the connection test, that you can abort.

270 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Then select SET UP THE CONNECTION ANYWAY.

To finish click on Cancel.

For advanced settings and to check the new dial-up connection click with the right mouse but-
ton on DIAL-UP CONNECTION SIE DIAL-UP CONNECTION and select the menu item Properties.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 271


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Check the settings and if necessary correct them. Then confirm with OK.

Mark the line Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and then click on Properties.

In this window the items OBTAIN AN IP ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY and OBTAIN DNS SERVER
ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY must be selected. Continue with Advanced.

272 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the last window of the settings, under the register tab GENERAL, the box USE DEFAULT
GATEWAY ON REMOTE NETWORK must not be ticked. Confirm with OK.

In order to set up a connection, open via the start menu the menu item Connect to and select
Dial-up Connection SIE.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 273


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Or you can set up the connection via this window, if it is still open, by clicking the button Con-
nect.

Click on the button Dial in the window "Connect Dial-up Connection SIE".

The installation and configuration is thereby complete!

274 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

D.4 Settings in Microsoft Windows XP Professional

D.4.1 Modem Installation

Open via the start menu the menu item Control Panel.

Open the modem-group with a double-click on the symbol Phone and Modem Options. In the
following window, click on the tab MODEMS and click on Add to install the modem.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 275


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

The Hardware Wizard starts, which guides you comfortably through the installation. Place a
tick in the box DONT DETECT MY MODEM; I WILL SELECT IT FROM A LIST and click Next>.

Under MANUFACTURERS select (Standard Modem Types) and under MODELS select
Standard 33600 bps Modem, then click Next>.

In this window mark the wanted port and confirm the input with Next>. Complete the modem
installation in the next window with the button Finish.

276 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Now select the button Properties in the register tab MODEMS and check the MAXIMUM PORT
SPEED of 115200, as shown in the lower window. If this setting shows another value, please
correct it and confirm with OK.

The modem installation is now complete!

D.4.2 Network Configuration

To set up a new data-communication connection, open via the start menu the menu item
Control Panel.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 277


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Double-click on the symbol Network Connections.

Depending on your settings different views are possible. Two possibilities are listed:

with this view, click on CREATE A NEW CONNECTION under Network Tasks

if you have this view on your PC, double-click on the icon New Connection Wizard

278 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In both cases, the Network-Assistant now starts. Confirm with Next>.

In the following window, as Network Connections Type select the item CONNECT TO THE
INTERNET . Then go to Next>.

As next step, select the setting SET UP MY CONNECTION MANUALLY and Next>.

In the window that follows select the item CONNECT USING A DIAL-UP MODEM and continue with
Next>.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 279


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the next two windows, enter an optional name for your CONNECTION, and an optional numer-
ical value in the field PHONE NUMBER. When you have carried out these steps, confirm each
time with Next>.

Here, enter a USER NAME, a PASSWORD and the verification of the password and click on
Next>.

Pay attention to the ticks in the boxes and continue with Next>.

280 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Finally, click on Finish.

For advanced settings and to check the new dial-up connection (here CONNECT SAT) click on
the button Properties.

Check the settings and if necessary correct them. Confirm with OK.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 281


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the register tab NETWORKING the settings PPP: W INDOWS 95/98/NT4/2000, INTERNET, as well
as INTERNET PROTOCOL (TCP/IP) must be selected. Mark the line INTERNET PROTOCOL (TCP/IP)
and then click on Properties.

In this window the items OBTAIN AN IP ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY and OBTAIN DNS SERVER
ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY must be selected. Continue with Advanced...

In the last window of the settings, under the register tab GENERAL, the box USE DEFAULT
GATEWAY ON REMOTE NETWORK is not ticked. Acknowledge with the OK button.

282 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

To set up a connection click the button Dial in the window "CONNECTION TO CONNECT TO SAT".

The installation and configuration is thereby complete!

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 283


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

D.5 Settings in Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional

D.5.1 Modem Installation

Open via the start menu the menu item Settings | Control Panel.

In the following window, double-click on the symbol Phone and Modem Options.

Click on the tab MODEMS and click on Add to install the modem.

284 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

The Hardware Wizard starts, which guides you comfortably through the installation. Place a
tick in the box DONT DETECT MY MODEM; I WILL SELECT IT FROM A LIST and click Next>.

Under MANUFACTURERS select (Standard Modem Types)and under MODELS select


Standard 33600 bps Modem, then click Next>.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 285


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Here mark the wanted port and confirm the input with Next>. Complete the modem installa-
tion in the next window with the button Finish.

Now select Properties and check the MAXIMUM PORT SPEED of 115200, as shown in the lower
window.

If this setting shows another value, please correct it and confirm with OK.

The modem installation is now complete!

286 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

D.5.2 Configuration of Network and Dial-Up Connections

To set up a new data-communication connection, open the via the start menu the menu item
Settings | Network and Dial-up Connections.

In the next window double-click on Make New Connection. The Network Connection Wizard
starts, which guides you through the configuration. Then confirm with Next>.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 287


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the following window select the item DIAL-UP TO THE INTERNET as network connection type.
Then go to Next>.

For the next step select the setting I WANT TO SET UP MY INTERNET CONNECTION MANUALLY, OR I
WANT TO CONNECT THROUGH A LOCAL AREA NETWORK (LAN) and click Next>.

Select the option I CONNECT THROUGH A PHONE LINE AND A MODEM and continue with Next>.

288 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

You must now remove the tick from the box USE AREA CODE AND DIALING RULES, and enter an
optional numerical value in the field TELEPHONE NUMBER. Then click on the button Ad-
vanced..., and check whether the item PPP (POINT TO POINT PROTOCOL) is activated in the
register CONNECTION TYPE.

If the settings are correct, confirm with OK and continue with Next>.

In the next two windows enter an optional USER NAME, a PASSWORD and a name for your
CONNECTION. When you have carried out these steps click Next>.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 289


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

To complete the setup, select NO under the item DO YOU WANT TO SET UP AN INTERNET EMAIL
ACCOUNT NOW ? and click on Next>.

In the last window remove the tick and complete the configuration with Finish.

For advanced settings, doubleclick on the icon Connection to SIE. In the window Connect
Connection to SIE click on the button Properties.

If several modems are already installed on the PC, you must select the desired in the tab
GENERAL.

290 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the register tab NETWORKING the settings PPP: Windows 95/98/NT4/2000, Inter-
net, as well as Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) must be selected. If you are using a
stand-alone computer, the other boxes should remain blank for safety reasons. Mark the line
Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and then click on Properties.

In this window the items OBTAIN AN IP ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY and OBTAIN DNS SERVER
ADDRESS AUTOMATICALLY must be selected. Continue with Advanced.

In the last window of the settings, under the register tab GENERAL, the box USE DEFAULT
GATEWAY ON REMOTE NETWORK must not be ticked. The field USE IP HEADER COMPRESSION is ac-
tive.

To confirm the input, acknowledge with the OK button. To set up a connection, click the but-
ton DIAL in the window Connect Connection to SIE".

The installation and configuration is thereby complete!

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 291


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

D.6 Settings in Microsoft Windows NT 4.0

D.6.1 Modem Installation

Open via the start menu the menu item Settings | Control Panel.

Double-click on the symbol Modems.

292 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

If you have already installed a modem, the window MODEMS Properties opens, where you
must click on the button ADD... to be able to install a new modem.

The Modem-Assistant Install New Modem starts which guides you through the setup.

If you do not yet have a modem installed on your computer, the Assistant opens immediately.

Place a tick in the box DONT DETECT MY MODEM; I WILL SELECT IT FROM A LIST and click Next>.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 293


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Under MANUFACTURERS SELECT (Standard Modem Types) and under MODELS select
Standard 28800 bps Modem, then click Next>.

Here mark the wanted port and confirm the input with Next>.

If you are installing a modem on your computer for the first time, then you are now asked to
enter the location settings for your computer.

Afterwards please click on Next>. Windows NT then notifies you that your modem has been
installed or configured.

294 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Click on Finish and you are presented with the window Modems Properties.

Now select Properties, and check the MAXIMUM PORT SPEED of 115200, as shown in the low-
er window. If this setting shows another value, please correct it and confirm with OK.

The modem installation is now complete!

D.6.2 Network Configuration

To be able to create a network- or modem-connection, the protocol TCP/IP and the RAS-
service must be installed on your computer. To do this, open via the start menu the menu item
Settings | Control Panel. In the following window double-click on the symbol Network.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 295


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

There are now two possibilities of continuing with the network-configuration:

either TCP/IP and the RAS-service are already installed; I.e. a network or a modem has
already been set up on your computer read more under TCP/IP and RAS-Service al-
ready integrated in your system.
or TCP/IP and the RAS-service are not yet installed, then the Network Setup Wizard starts
in this case read more under TCP/IP and RAS-Service not integrated in your system.

TCP/IP and RAS-Service already integrated in your system


The window Network opens. To verify the settings, click on the tab SERVICES and check
whether the item Remote Access Service is listed. In addition, whether in the register
PROTOCOLS the TCP/IP Protocol and in the register BINDINGS the Remote Access
Server Service are stated.

If all settings exist, skip the next section TCP/IP and RAS-Service not integrated in your sys-
tem and continue with section Setting up Dial-Up Networking.

TCP/IP and RAS-Service not integrated in your system


If you do not have any Windows NT network support installed, Windows NT now requests you
to install the network-support on your system. Insert the Windows NT CD-ROM in the slide-in
tray of the CD-ROM-drive and then click on Yes.

296 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

The Network Setup Wizard now starts. Please deactivate the box W IRED TO THE NETWORK and
activate REMOTE ACCESS TO THE NETWORK. Continue with the button Next>.

The system now gives you the opportunity of permitting a network-card search. Please ignore
this request and press the button Next>.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 297


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Select the line TCP/IP Protocol from the NETWORK PROTOCOLS. Then continue with
Next>.

Windows NT now shows you which services are installed on your system. Click on Next>
and in the next window likewise on Next>.

298 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Windows NT now requests you to enter the drive letter of the CD-ROM-drive in which the
Windows NT Installation-CD is located (as a rule you must enter "E:\ or "D:\.). Then click on
Continue.

In the following window you must select, whether a DHCP-Server (DHCP = Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol) is located in the network. Click on Yes.

The files required by Windows NT are now copied to your system. After the transfer of the files
is complete, you are presented with the window Add RAS Device. In the selection list, select
the newly installed modem and confirm with OK.

Your modem should now appear in the list shown in the window Remote Access Setup.
Click on this and then on the button Continue.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 299


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

After the data has been copied to your system, you should be presented with the bindings in-
formation in a dialogue window. In the selection SHOW BINDINGS FOR: deactivate the NetBIOS
Interface. Mark the line and click on the button Disable. If you are unsure, do not deacti-
vate anything, since these settings are necessary for working in a Windows NT network.

If you have deactivated the NetBIOS interface, continue with Next>. The next window is in-
tended as information. Confirm with Next>.

In the following window you are presented with further network-settings. Ensure that
WORKGROUP is selected and not DOMAIN. To continue, click Next>.

300 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

Your network has now been installed on your system. Windows NT now requests you to re-
start your system. Click on the button Finish.

Please remove the Windows NT CD-ROM from your CD-ROM-drive.

Afterwards, click on YES the computer is restarted.

Setting up Dial-Up Networking


To establish a connection to the modem you must now set up a data-communication dial-up
connection (Data communication). Open via the start menu the menu item Programs AND
SELECT Accessories | Dial-Up Networking.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 301


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

There are two possibilities now:

If you have already created a data communication connection, then click on NEW in the
window Dial-up Networking, in order to set up a connection.

If you are creating a data-communication connection for the first time, you will receive the
information, that the telephone book is empty. Click on OK in order to create a new con-
nection.

The Assistant starts in order to create a new entry. Enter an optional name for the connection
(e.g. SIE) and click on Next>.

302 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

In the window Server select I AM CALLING THE INTERNET and click on Next>.

In the field PHONE NUMBER: enter an optional numerical value and then continue with Next>.

To close the telephone book assistant, confirm with Finish.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 303


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

You must now enter or check several other parameters for the data-communication connec-
tion. To do this, click on MORE in the window. Ensure thereby, that the name of the connection
(here SIE) appears in the field PHONEBOOK ENTRY TO DIAL for the modem that you have just set
up.

In the menu window that opens, select the option Edit entry and modem properties.

Please verify all entries of the respective register, as specified.

For DIAL-UP SERVER TYPE: PPP: Windows NT, Windows 95 Plus, Internet must ap-
pear. Ensure that only TCP/IP is activated under Network protocols. Then click on the button
TCP/IP Settings....

304 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

The tick in the box USE DEFAULT GATEWAY ON REMOTE NETWORK must be removed. Confirm with
OK.

The register SECURITY should also be checked. Then confirm with OK.

To check the connection, click on Dial.

The installation and configuration is thereby complete!

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 305


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Set up Dial-up Connection via PPP

D.7 Restore Settings for the Internet Use

The new dial up connection is now the default connection which is activated if the web brows-
er is called. If the web browser was used before for browsing the internet, this does not work
now any more.

In order to use the web browser further for browsing the internet, you must modify the new dial
up connection as follows (the following steps are exemplary and depend on the respective
operating system of the engineering PC):

Open via the start menu the Control Panel


Depending on the display select Network and Internet, and then Internet Options
Select the register tab CONNECTIONS
Mark the option NEVER DIAL A CONNECTION and confirm with OK

Now you can use the web browser again for browsing the internet.

Note
In order to set up a connection to SICAM MIC now, you must start at first the new dial up connection man-
ually, and afterwards you can connect with the respective target system.

306 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

A
Adress type
The address type defines if a system-technical or a process-technical address is entered as address of a
datapoint in a message

Analog input
Hardware for the acquisition of an analog signal via measuring transformer (measured value via current,
voltage, temperature, resistance)

Analog input module


Module (submodule, I/O module, etc.) to acquire analog signals. Task of an "analog input" is the evalua-
tion of analog signals, and consequently the recuperation of the analog process information items. De-
pending on the comprehension of the term, the adaptation is also included or not.

Analog output
Hardware for the output of an analog signal to a display equipment (measured value) or to the setpoint-
value input to an actuator (current, voltage)

Analog output module


Module (submodule, I/O module, etc.) for the output of analog signals. Task of an "analog output" is the
transformation of arithmetical values to currents or voltages, and consequently for the output of analog
process information items.

Application program
Logical arrangement of all program language elements and constructs, that are required for the intended
signal processing for the control of a machine or of a process with a PLC system (acc. to
IEC 61131-12.1).
With CAEx plus application programs for open-/closed-loop control functions are created. An application
program comprises the task(s) and the related program instances and type instances. An application pro-
gram is executed by a resource ( CPU).

Application service data unit


The application service data unit (ASDU) is composed of a data unit identifier and a information object.
The data unit identifier has always the same structure for all ASDUs and consists of 4 octets. Its structure
is as follows:
Type identification
Variable structure qualifier
Cause of transmission
Common address of ASDU
The common address of ASDU shall normally be identical to the address used in the link layer. The infor-
mation object consists of an information object identifier, a set of information elements and, if present, a
time tag. The information object identifier consists of 2 octets. Its structure is as follows:
Function type
Information number

ASDU
Application Service Data Unit

Assign
Linking of datapoint-related information with the object, with that the functions process such information.
At data sources and data sinks of a data stream, datapoint-related information is inserted to or extracted
from the datastream by means of messages. At a source, this information is provided by a function, at a
sink it is utilized by a function.

AU
Automation Unit

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 307


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

Autonomy
An autonomous basisc system element and its supplementary system elements (protocol and peripheral
elements) continue working during a failure of the master control unit

Automation unit
An automation unit is a modular structured device for the acquisition, processing and output of process in-
formation. It communicates in automation networks via a serial or Ethernet protocols with other automa-
tion units or control center systems.
An automation unit consists of at least 1 mounting rack or 1 DIN rail (depending on system), 1 power sup-
ply and 1 basic system element, as well as optional peripheral elements and optional protocol elements.

Automatic dataflow routing


The routing of individual process information items is not necessary. Simply only the direction (monitoring
direction, control direction, both directions) the messages are to be transmitted must be parameterized.
The type identification of each message gives information about to which class a message belongs and
with which methods it is to be distributed.
Messages with process information in monitoring direction are distributed by means of an entry in the to-
pology. Messages with process information in control direction are distributed to their target that is deter-
mined by their CASDU and via interfaces that are defined in the topology. The CASDU is interpreted as
target address.

Ax peripheral bus
Enables the secured (hamming distance 4), serial, system-internal communication between the basic sys-
tem element and the peripheral elements

Ax PE Bus
Ax peripheral bus

B
Basic system element
System element for processing of information according to different criterions (e.g. automation,
telecontrol, etc.) and for the administration of system functions (e.g. parameter, diagnosis, etc).

Binary
Representation of information by means of 2 different states or 2 discreet values (=digital)

Binry signal
Electrical signal that is used for the transport of a binary process information; as well as the digital signal,
2 different and not coherent ranges of the electrical signals are defined, for each a status/value that the
binary process information can receive. Therefore, in the technical data of digital inputs that are designed
fort he acquisition of binary signals, voltage ranges for "logical 0" and "logical 1", the universal designation
for the both states/values.

Binary input
Designation for a module, a submodule, an I/O module etc. fort he acquisition of binary signals; task of a
"binary input" is the evaluation of binary signals and therefore the recovery of the binary process infor-
mation

Binary input
Hardware for the acquisition of a binary signal (single-point information, double-point information)

Binary output
Hardware for the output of a binary signal (information or command)

Binary process information


Process information of type "binary", e.g. circuit breaker position ON/OFF

BSE
Basic System Element (master control element, processing and communication element)

308 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

C
CAEx plus
Tool for the creation of application programs (Computer Aided Engineering), based on the tool logiCAD
from the company logi.cals

CASDU
Common Adress of the ASDU, that part of the ASDU, that is common for all ASDUs of a station

Cause of transmission
Spontaneous transmission, general interrogation data, periodical data, command preparation, command
command activation (acc. to IEC 60870-5-101)

Class 1 data
If several data points are to be transmitted to the central station (spontaneous or on request) at the same
time, the Class 1 data will be sent before the Class 2 data (priority).
With dial-up traffic, data of the Class 1 lead to a spontaneous connection setup and data transmission.

Class 2 data
If several data points are to be transmitted to the central station (spontaneous or on request) at the same
time, the Class 2 data will be sent after the Class 1 data.
With dial-up traffic, the connection setup and the data transmission takes place only upon interrogation by
the central station.

Command direction
Transmission facility from the central station to a substation

Command return information


The command return information is an additional information for the double-point information, displays the
reason for the status change (breaker tripping or switching operation in progress)

Configuration
Configuration is used in a multiple meaning:
a) engineering of the configuration of an automation unit in the engineering tool
b) physical aligning and mounting of the configured hardware
plugging in the slot defined by the configuration (slot addressing), or
setting the address defined by the configuration, and plugging in an arbitrary slot (adjustable address)

COT
Cause of Transmission

CPU
Central Processing Unit

CTS
Clear to Send, handshake control line of an RS-232 interface

Cyclic transmission
Periodical transmission according to the scan rate of the application program

D
Data class
This assignment is specified in the standard IEC 60870-5-101/-104, and serves for the priorization of in-
formation objects for the transmission by the communication function:
Class 1 data
Class 2 data

Dataflow routing
Functions and methods for distribution of messages to ist targets:

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 309


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

Automatic data flow routing


Selective data flow routing

Datapoint
Analog or binary information (process data point, System data point)

Data stream
Transports a sequence of data-point related information through the telecontrol system from a source to
one or more sinks.
There are spontaneous and periodical data streams. (spontaeous data strems transport information in tel-
egrams)

Datentransporter and system message router


System-internal distribution point for application data and system data messages from and to the single
systemfunctions resp. application; application data is distributed by means of routing, system data by
means of target addressing to the data sinks

DCD
Data Carrier Detect; control line of a RS-232 interface for the evaluation of the receive signal level

DCE
Data Communications Equipment; for example a modem

DDC
Data Distribution Center; Tool for the export, import and/or administration of SICAM TOOLBOX II data

Detailed diagnostic record


Comprises 16 diagnostic bits (of a system diagnostic class) that commonly belong logically together

Detailed diagnostic table


Contains all diagnostic bits recognized by the basic system element and the supplementary system ele-
ments

DI
Digital input

DI
Double-point Information

Digital input
Binary input

Digital output
Binary output

DMS
Digital Multiplex System

DO
Digital output

Double command
A pair of commands each of which is used to cause operational equipment to change to one of two de-
termined states.

Double-point information
Monitored information represented by two bits characterizing two determined states and two states of op-
erational equipment.

DSR
Data Set Ready; control line of an RS-232 interface

310 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

DTR
Data Terminal Ready; control line of an RS-232 interface

E
EM II
Confiugration tool of SICAM TOOLBOX II (Engineering Manager II)

Ethernet
Wired local network according to IEEE 802.3

External error
Error that is detected through monitoring the information from sensors and actuators.
Can concern the peripheral element, the wiring, and sensors or actuators, insofar as the source of error
can not be unequivocally localized to the peripheral element; otherwise it would be an internal error.

Externally managed parameter


Parameter that is required on a module (e.g. supplementary module), however, is managed and stored on
the higher-level module

F
FAT
File system on storage media (File Allocation Table); FAT16 up to 2 GB, FAT32 as of 32 GB capacity

Fieldbus interface processor


The fieldbus interface processor serves for the serial connection of SICAM RTUs systems to a Profibus
(Profibus Master); Profibus Slaves are connected acc. to EN 50170-2

FIP
Fieldbus interface processor

Firewall
Blockage of a local network or computer against not allowed access from a supraregional network. Func-
tion for the filtering of data from the internet for the protection against invaders and malicious software.

Firmware
Program that is not changeable by the user, that adds a predefined and parameter-settable functionality
to the hardware

FPU
Floating Point Unit

FUD
Function diagram

Function diagram
Graphical program for open-/closed-loop control functions according IEC 61131-3

FW
Firmware

G
Global parameter
Parameter that is managed and stored on the system element (central system function) but used also on
other system elements of the automation unit

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 311


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

GPRS
Global Package Radio Service. Data rates up to 171 kbps, usually up to 85 kbps. Package-oriented con-
nection based on TCP/IP and UDP/IP. Billing usually according to data volume. Network expansion area-
wide.

GSM
Global System for Mobile Communication with the services speech, SMS, direct data connections

I
IL
Instruction list

Instruction list
Line-oriented program for open-/closed-loop control functions acc. to IEC 61131-3

Internal errors
Internal errors are errors which are unambiguously caused by the system element

IOA
Information Object Address

ISDN
Integrated Standard for Digital Network

L
LAN
Local Area Network

Load share operation


Redundant communication via 2 interfaces, whereby the messages are partitioned in undisturbed opera-
tion on both interfaces according to particular rules (dependent on load or priority)

Local parameter
Parameter that is managed on the own module (firmware) and is used only there

M
MDI
Media-Dependent Interface, adaptation to the cable type

MIB
Management Information Base; description file for SNMP

Modem
Data transmission device for connecting date end devices to the telephone network

Module
Hardware that is equipped in a mounting rack or on a carrier module; hardware of a system element

Module failure
Signals that the internal communication with a module is no more possible and is commonly replicated by
the supervising basic system element.

312 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

Module number
System-technical identification of a system element within an automation unit, part of the IOA in a mes-
sage with system-technical addressing. The other parts of the IOA are the value number and the
subaddress.

Mounting rack
Device wherein that modules and instruments are installed

N
Network interface processor
The network interface processor serves for the connection of SICAM systems to the Ethernet LAN accord-
ing to IEEE 802.3

NIP
Network interface processor

Non-volatile
Function: also with/after voltage failure further available (no defect)
Information in a memory: not transient, undetachably

Normally open contact


Relay contact that is open when the relay is not activated; the contact closes when the relay is activated

O
OPM II
Central SICAM TOOLBOX II configuration tool (Object-oriented Processdata Manager)

Output active
If the output pulse is set and a command output (binary output) is already selected (relay activated), the
command is output to the process

P
PBA
Peripheral Module Address

PCM
Puls Code Modulation

PE
Peripheral Element

Peridocal control circuit check


The periodical control circuit check detects if the command circuits are ready to function correctly, without
activating the actuator.Control circuits are checked one by one, by activating all its relays, one by one,
thus closing the control circuit with high restistance.

Periodical datapoint
A periodical datapoint is used for the exchange of a process signal or a derived information between the
peripheral element and the higher-level open-/closed-loop control function.

Periodical information
A periodical information has a deterministic transmission behavior and is used for the exchange of a pro-
cess signal or a derived information between the peripheral element and the higher-level open-/closed-
loop control function.
A periodical information is always transmitted in groups and consequently with the transmission already
have a chronologically consistent interrelationship.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 313


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

Periodical transmission
Exchange of a process signal or a derived information between the peripheral element and the higher-
level open-/closed-loop control function.

Peripheral element
The peripheral element is a supplementary system element for process data acquisition and/or control of
actuators. It comunicates via the Ax-PE-Bus with the basic system element.

PLC
Programmable Logic Controller

PRE
Protocol Element

Programmable logic controller


Digitally operating electronic system, designed for use in an industrial environment, which uses a pro-
grammable memory for the internal storage of user-oriented instructions for implementing specific func-
tions such as logic, sequencing, timing, counting and arithmetic, to control, through digital or analog inputs
and outputs, various types of machines or processes. Both the PC (PLC) and its associated peripherals
are designed so that they can be easily integrated into an industrial control system and easily used in all
their intended functions (IEC 61131-1, chapter 2.50).

Protocol element
The protocol element is a supplementary system element for communication with other automation units
or control systems. It comunicates via the internal bus (ZBG-Bus) with the basic system element.

PSR
SICAM TOOLBOX II configuration tool

PSTN
Public Switched Telephone Network

PT 100
Temperature-dependent resistance element with PT 100 characteristic

R
Routing
Routing of data streams: Messages are "routed" from their sources to their sinks. This works similar to di-
recting railroad cars by setting track switcher. Messages contain data point related information.

Retained variables
Variables in a non-volatile memory. The value of the variable is retained during a power failure.

Router
Network device for connecting two independent network segments as internet and LAN

RS-232
Standard for serial data transmission

RS-485
Standard for serial data transmission

RTS
Request to Send (switch on transmit device), control line of an RS-232 interface

S
SD card
Secure Digital Memory Card; up to 2 GB storage capacity

314 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

SD-HC
Secure Digital High Capacity Memory Card; up to 32 GB storage capacity

SD-XC
Secure Digital Extended Capacity Memory Card; up to 2 TB storage capacity

Selective dataflow routing


Routing of individual process information items. In simple applications the messages are distributed by
means of an entry in the topology. For more complex applications, the messages can be distributed selec-
tively by means of dataflow filters: for each communication interface, band-pass filters or blocking filters
can be set. Also wildcards can be used for all address attributes of the message, to direct the dataflow
very specific.

SI
Single-point information

Serial interface module


Hardware of a protocol element that can be installed on a basic system element

Serial interface processor


The serial interface processor serves for the serial connection of SICAM RTUs systems via a transmission
facility or via a direct connection

SIM
Serial interface module

SIP
Serial interface processor

Single command
A command used to cause a change of state of operational equipment in one direction

Single-point information
Monitored information represented by only one bit characterizing two determined states of operational
equipment

SMS
Short Message Service, transmission of up to 160 characters

SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol
SNMP is a network protocol to monitor and control network components (e.g. router, switches, server,
printer) from a central station.

SNTP
Simple Network Time Protocol

Spontaneous datapoint
Binary information that is transmitted upon change spontaneously in a message. It is always transmitted
individually, and usually has a time tag in order to be able to establish a chronologically consistent interre-
lationship afterwards.
With the current, voltage and counting pulse acquisition a spontaneous transmission of the information
takes place threshold value controlled (exception:class 2 data with dial-up traffic).

Spontaneous information object


A spontaneous information object that is transmitted upon change spontaneously in a message, and is
used for the exchange of a process signal or a derived information (including status) between the periph-
eral element and the particular automation unit, another automation unit or a control system.
A spontaneous information object is always transmitted individually and normally has a time stamp, in or-
der to be able to establish a chronologically consistent interrelationship later.

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 315


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

Spontaneous transmission
Serves for the exchange of a process signal or a derived information (inclusive status) between the pe-
ripheral element and the own automation unit, another automation unit or a control center system

SSE
Supplementary system element

SSM
Tool for the administration of SICAM TOOLBOX II data (Siemens Stammdaten Manager); reserved for
developer of Siemens AG.

Supplementary system element


Supplementary system elements are situated hierarchically below basic system elements; there are pe-
ripheral elements, and protocol elements

Switch
Network device for connetion and distribution in ethernet

System element
Functional unit consisting of hardware and firmware

System-internal information
Information that is used exclusively for the exchange of control information between peripheral elements
and system functions, and that is not available to the user. It can be transported through the system like a
periodical information or like a spontaneous information object.
A system-internal information is only mentioned in order to explain the behavior of the described func-
tions.

T
TAP
Telocator Alphanumeric Protocol

TCP/IP
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol

TETRA
Terrestrial trunked radio, universal platform for different mobile radio services, time multiplex system with
4 time slots

TM
Terminal Module; Module for mounting on a DIN-rail

TM bus
Bus between peripheral control module (Master) and I/O-module (Slave)

SICAM TOOLBOX II
PC-based set of tools for configuration and service of SICAM automation units

U
User diagnostic classes
Serve for the classification of the individual diagnosis information items additionally to the system diag-
nostic classes. The are freely allocatable (maximal 8 classes).

User diagnostic records


Diagnosis information items, that are formed by means of application-specific routings from the diagnosis
bits of the detailed diagnostic table. Maximal 8 user diagnostic classes can be allocated.

316 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

V
VAC
Volts of Alternating Current

VDC
Volts of Direct Current

VPN
Virtual Private Network (logical connection for secure transmission of data via internet)

W
WAN
Wide Area Network

Web services
Web standard for function calls between independent devices

SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC 317


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014
Glossary

318 SICAM RTUs, User Manual SICAM EMIC


DC6-051-2.01, Edition 08.2014

You might also like